WO2010028151A1 - Phosphorescent materials - Google Patents

Phosphorescent materials Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010028151A1
WO2010028151A1 PCT/US2009/055890 US2009055890W WO2010028151A1 WO 2010028151 A1 WO2010028151 A1 WO 2010028151A1 US 2009055890 W US2009055890 W US 2009055890W WO 2010028151 A1 WO2010028151 A1 WO 2010028151A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
group
ring
alkyl
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/055890
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Chuanjun Xia
Bert Alleyne
Raymond Kwong
James Fiordeliso
Jason Brooks
Vadim Adamovich
Stuart Weaver
Original Assignee
Universal Display Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to KR1020187011992A priority Critical patent/KR101969690B1/en
Priority to KR1020197004183A priority patent/KR102082091B1/en
Application filed by Universal Display Corporation filed Critical Universal Display Corporation
Priority to EP09792236.3A priority patent/EP2342305B1/en
Priority to KR1020157033289A priority patent/KR101691609B1/en
Priority to JP2011526198A priority patent/JP5826630B2/en
Priority to US13/062,141 priority patent/US8519384B2/en
Priority to CN200980142139.7A priority patent/CN102232105B/en
Priority to EP23164832.0A priority patent/EP4223854A3/en
Priority to PCT/US2009/055890 priority patent/WO2010028151A1/en
Priority to KR1020237015100A priority patent/KR20230066485A/en
Priority to KR1020217041284A priority patent/KR102530743B1/en
Priority to KR1020217001710A priority patent/KR20210010949A/en
Priority to KR1020187004819A priority patent/KR101950655B1/en
Priority to KR1020167036340A priority patent/KR101831916B1/en
Priority to EP18174646.2A priority patent/EP3399005B1/en
Priority to KR1020207004780A priority patent/KR102207559B1/en
Publication of WO2010028151A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010028151A1/en
Priority to US13/968,551 priority patent/US9076973B2/en
Priority to US14/791,741 priority patent/US9630983B2/en
Priority to US15/467,724 priority patent/US10186672B2/en
Priority to US16/201,354 priority patent/US10593896B2/en
Priority to US16/742,028 priority patent/US10892426B2/en
Priority to US16/952,586 priority patent/US11482685B2/en
Priority to US17/946,129 priority patent/US12127470B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/0006Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
    • C07F15/0033Iridium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • H05B33/14Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces characterised by the chemical or physical composition or the arrangement of the electroluminescent material, or by the simultaneous addition of the electroluminescent material in or onto the light source
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H10K50/12OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers comprising dopants
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007Non-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1011Condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1059Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1059Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • C09K2211/1066Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms with sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1074Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing more than three nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1092Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing sulfur as the only heteroatom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/18Metal complexes
    • C09K2211/185Metal complexes of the platinum group, i.e. Os, Ir, Pt, Ru, Rh or Pd
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/321Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3]
    • H10K85/324Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3] comprising aluminium, e.g. Alq3
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/615Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene
    • H10K85/622Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene containing four rings, e.g. pyrene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/633Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6576Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only sulfur in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. benzothiophene
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E10/00Energy generation through renewable energy sources
    • Y02E10/50Photovoltaic [PV] energy
    • Y02E10/549Organic PV cells

Definitions

  • the claimed invention was made by, on behalf of, and/or in connection with one or more of the following parties to a joint university corporation research agreement: Regents of the University of Michigan, Princeton University, The University of Southern California, and the Universal Display Corporation. The agreement was in effect on and before the date the claimed invention was made, and the claimed invention was made as a result of activities undertaken within the scope of the agreement.
  • the present invention relates to organic materials that may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method of making organic materials for such devices, as well as novel organic materials.
  • Opto-electronic devices that make use of organic materials are becoming increasingly desirable for a number of reasons. Many of the materials used to make such devices are relatively inexpensive, so organic opto-electronic devices have the potential for cost advantages over inorganic devices. In addition, the inherent properties of organic materials, such as their flexibility, may make them well suited for particular applications such as fabrication on a flexible substrate. Examples of organic opto-electronic devices include organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), organic phototransistors, organic photovoltaic cells, and organic photodetectors. For OLEDs, the organic materials may have performance advantages over conventional materials. For example, the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
  • OLEDs organic light emitting devices
  • the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
  • OLEDs make use of thin organic films that emit light when voltage is applied across the device. OLEDs are becoming an increasingly interesting technology for use in applications such as flat panel displays, illumination, and backlighting. Several OLED materials and configurations are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,844,363, 6,303,238, and 5,707,745, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • phosphorescent emissive molecules are full color display.
  • Industry standards for such a display call for pixels adapted to emit particular colors, referred to as "saturated" colors.
  • these standards call for saturated red, green, and blue pixels. Color may be measured using CIE coordinates, which are well known to the art.
  • One example of a green emissive molecule is tris(2-phenylpyridine) iridium, denoted Ir(ppy)3, which has the structure:
  • organic includes polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices.
  • Small molecule refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and "small molecules” may actually be quite large. Small molecules may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the "small molecule” class. Small molecules may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. Small molecules may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety.
  • the core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter.
  • a dendrimer may be a "small molecule,” and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules.
  • top means furthest away from the substrate, while “bottom” means closest to the substrate.
  • first layer is described as “disposed over” a second layer, the first layer is disposed further away from substrate. There may be other layers between the first and second layer, unless it is specified that the first layer is "in contact with” the second layer.
  • a cathode may be described as “disposed over” an anode, even though there are various organic layers in between.
  • solution processible means capable of being dissolved, dispersed, or transported in and/or deposited from a liquid medium, either in solution or suspension form.
  • a ligand may be referred to as "photoactive” when it is believed that the ligand directly contributes to the photoactive properties of an emissive material.
  • a ligand may be referred to as "ancillary” when it is believed that the ligand does not contribute to the photoactive properties of an emissive material, although an ancillary ligand may alter the properties of a photoactive ligand.
  • a first "Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital” (HOMO) or “Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital” (LUMO) energy level is “greater than” or "higher than” a second HOMO or LUMO energy level if the first energy level is closer to the vacuum energy level.
  • IP ionization potentials
  • a higher HOMO energy level corresponds to an IP having a smaller absolute value (an IP that is less negative).
  • a higher LUMO energy level corresponds to an electron affinity (EA) having a smaller absolute value (an EA that is less negative).
  • the LUMO energy level of a material is higher than the HOMO energy level of the same material.
  • a "higher” HOMO or LUMO energy level appears closer to the top of such a diagram than a "lower” HOMO or LUMO energy level.
  • a first work function is "greater than” or “higher than” a second work function if the first work function has a higher absolute value. Because work functions are generally measured as negative numbers relative to vacuum level, this means that a "higher” work function is more negative. On a conventional energy level diagram, with the vacuum level at the top, a “higher” work function is illustrated as further away from the vacuum level in the downward direction. Thus, the definitions of HOMO and LUMO energy levels follow a different convention than work functions.
  • a method for making heteroleptic Ir(III) complexes having extended conjugation comprising:
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion.
  • S is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate, tetrafluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups.
  • Each of R A , R B , R C , and R D represent one or more substituents.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianapthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene.
  • R is an alkyl, heteroalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl group and the two Rs are optionally joined to form a cycle.
  • phosphorescent emissive materials are provided.
  • the materials are heteroleptic complexes with extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring.
  • the materials may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices.
  • the materials may be useful as the emissive dopant of such devices.
  • the materials are selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compound 1 may be preferred. In another aspect, Compound 2 may be preferred.
  • an organic light emitting device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound selected from Compounds 1-6.
  • the organic layer may further comprise a host.
  • the host includes a triphenylene group. More preferably, the host includes a triphenylene further substituted with terphenyl. Most preferably, the host is Hl.
  • a consumer product is also provided.
  • the product contains a device that has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from Compounds 1-6.
  • Heteroleptic iridium compounds are provided, which may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices.
  • the heteroleptic compounds are selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compound 8 may be prefererred.
  • Compound 9 may be preferred.
  • Compound 10 may be preferred.
  • Compound 11 may be preferred.
  • Compound 12 may be preferred.
  • Compound 13 may be preferred.
  • Compound 14 may be preferred.
  • an organic light emitting device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound selected from Compounds 8-14.
  • the organic layer may further comprise a host having a triphenylene group further substituted with an aryl or a heteroaryl.
  • the host contains a triphenylene group further substituted with a terphenyl or a dibenzothiophene. More preferably, the host is Hl or H2.
  • a consumer product is also provided.
  • the product contains a device that has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from Compounds 8-14.
  • a method for making heteroleptic compounds without significant ligand scrambling comprising:
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or hetero aromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups, and each of R A , R B , R C , and R D represent one or more substituents.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene.
  • Rz is not H.
  • Rz is methyl.
  • a heteroleptic compound having the formula I ⁇ (L A - B ) 2 (L C - D ) is provided.
  • L A - B is
  • Lc-D is selected from the group consisting of
  • Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and each of Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 may represent mono, di, tri, tetra, or penta substitutions.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R3, R 4 and R5 are each independently hydrogen and methyl.
  • L C _ D is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Novel phosphorescent organic materials are provided.
  • the organic materials are compounds containing at least one ligand having an alkyl substituent and an aryl substituent such that the substituent aryl is twisted out of plane (i.e., twisted aryl in this document) more than the usual unsubstituted phenyl-phenyl.
  • the compounds may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. In particular, the compounds may be useful as an emitting dopant in such devices.
  • B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to a metal M via a nitrogen atom on ring A and a sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • R a , Rb, and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R a , Rb, and R 0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • A is pyridine.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to Ring C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
  • the ligand L is coordinated to the metal M having an atomic number greater than 40. Preferably, the metal M is Ir.
  • Examples of the compounds may include compounds having the structure:
  • m is the oxidation state of the metal M.
  • the metal M is Ir.
  • A is pyridine, n is at least 1.
  • L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
  • R is not hydrogen.
  • R is alkyl.
  • At least one of Ri, R 2 , R3, and R 4 is not hydrogen.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • A is pyridine.
  • Ri and R 2 are hydrogen and one Of R 3 and R 4 is alkyl.
  • Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 21-24, 29-34, 36 and 37.
  • one of Ri and R 2 is alkyl and R3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 25-28 and 35.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Compounds having Formula II include homoleptic compounds and heteroleptic compounds.
  • homoleptic compound include Compounds 21-24 and 35.
  • heteroleptic compounds include Compounds 25-34, 36 and 37.
  • compounds are provided having a ligand L' selected from the group consisting of:
  • R' I , R' 2 and R' 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • compounds where the alkyl substituent i..e., the alkyl substituent inducing the twist in the aryl substituent
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compounds 21- 23, 29-31, 34, 36 and 37.
  • compounds where the alkyl substituent is para to the nitrogen of the pyridine ring may be especially preferred.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compounds 21, 22, 29-31, 34, 36 and 37.
  • An organic light emitting device is also provided.
  • the device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above.
  • Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; the substituents R, Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , Rs, and Ra substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula II, as described above.
  • the metal M is Ir.
  • A is pyridine.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula III or Formula IV, as described above.
  • Devices containing a compound wherein only one of Ri 1 R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is alkyl may also be preferred.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula V or Formula VI, as described above. Certain devices are provided wherein the device contains a compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 - Compound 37. Preferably, the device contains Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 or Compound 34.
  • the organic layer is an emissive layer and the compound having the formula of Formula I is an emitting dopant.
  • the organic layer may further comprise a host.
  • the host has the structure:
  • R'i, R' 2 , R' 3 , R' 4 , R' 5 , and R' 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • a consumer product comprising a device is also provided.
  • the device comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above.
  • Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a consumer product containing a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; the substituents R, Ri, R 2 , R3, R 4 , R5, and R a substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
  • homoleptic compounds are provided.
  • the methods are for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds. These compounds may preferably contain a twisted aryl.
  • a first method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex comprising: reacting with B in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
  • At least one of R A and R B is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is not adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring.
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • Each of R A and R B may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol, 2- methoxyethanol, and 2-ethoxyethanol.
  • the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of isopropanol which boils at 108 0 C, ethanol which boils at 78 0 C, and a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol which has a boiling point between 65°C and 78° C. More preferably, the low boiling alcohol is ethanol or a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol. Most preferably, the low boiling alcohol is a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
  • A is:
  • C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • R A and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri 1 R 2, and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • the first method comprises:
  • Specific compounds including Compound 21, Compound 22, and Compound 24, may be formed using this method.
  • a second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds comprises: reacting with B in the absence of solvent
  • At least one of R A and R B is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring.
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • Each of R A and R B may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • A is:
  • C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • R A and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Xs, X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • the second method comprises:
  • Specific compounds, including Compound 23, may be formed using this method.
  • FIG. 1 shows an organic light emitting device.
  • FIG. 2 shows an inverted organic light emitting device that does not have a separate electron transport layer.
  • FIG. 3 shows a PHOLED having a particular structure.
  • FIG. 4 shows a method of making heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds.
  • FIG. 5 shows heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes having extended conjugation.
  • FIG. 6 shows a method for making heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds.
  • FIG. 7 shows a ligand containing a twisted aryl and a compound comprising a ligand containing a twisted aryl.
  • FIG. 8 shows exemplary compounds.
  • FIG. 9 shows a method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds.
  • an OLED comprises at least one organic layer disposed between and electrically connected to an anode and a cathode.
  • the anode injects holes and the cathode injects electrons into the organic layer(s).
  • the injected holes and electrons each migrate toward the oppositely charged electrode.
  • an "exciton” which is a localized electron-hole pair having an excited energy state, is formed.
  • Light is emitted when the exciton relaxes via a photoemissive mechanism.
  • the exciton may be localized on an excimer or an exciplex. Non- radiative mechanisms, such as thermal relaxation, may also occur, but are generally considered undesirable.
  • the initial OLEDs used emissive molecules that emitted light from their singlet states ("fluorescence") as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,769,292, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Fluorescent emission generally occurs in a time frame of less than 10 nanoseconds.
  • FIG. 1 shows an organic light emitting device 100.
  • Device 100 may include a substrate 110, an anode 115, a hole injection layer 120, a hole transport layer 125, an electron blocking layer 130, an emissive layer 135, a hole blocking layer 140, an electron transport layer 145, an electron injection layer 150, a protective layer 155, and a cathode 160.
  • Cathode 160 is a compound cathode having a first conductive layer 162 and a second conductive layer 164.
  • Device 100 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. The properties and functions of these various layers, as well as example materials, are described in more detail in US 7,279,704 at cols. 6- 10, which are incorporated by reference.
  • each of these layers are available.
  • a flexible and transparent substrate-anode combination is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,844,363, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • An example of a p-doped hole transport layer is m- MTDATA doped with F.sub.4-TCNQ at a molar ratio of 50:1, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0230980, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Examples of emissive and host materials are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,303,238 to Thompson et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • n- doped electron transport layer is BPhen doped with Li at a molar ratio of 1 : 1 , as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0230980, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Mg metal
  • ITO overlying transparent, electrically-conductive, sputter- deposited ITO layer.
  • FIG. 2 shows an inverted OLED 200.
  • the device includes a substrate 210, a cathode 215, an emissive layer 220, a hole transport layer 225, and an anode 230.
  • Device 200 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. Because the most common OLED configuration has a cathode disposed over the anode, and device 200 has cathode 215 disposed under anode 230, device 200 may be referred to as an "inverted" OLED. Materials similar to those described with respect to device 100 may be used in the corresponding layers of device 200.
  • FIG. 2 provides one example of how some layers may be omitted from the structure of device 100.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 The simple layered structure illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2 is provided by way of non- limiting example, and it is understood that embodiments of the invention may be used in connection with a wide variety of other structures.
  • the specific materials and structures described are exemplary in nature, and other materials and structures may be used.
  • Functional OLEDs may be achieved by combining the various layers described in different ways, or layers may be omitted entirely, based on design, performance, and cost factors. Other layers not specifically described may also be included. Materials other than those specifically described may be used. Although many of the examples provided herein describe various layers as comprising a single material, it is understood that combinations of materials, such as a mixture of host and dopant, or more generally a mixture, may be used. Also, the layers may have various sublayers.
  • hole transport layer 225 transports holes and injects holes into emissive layer 220, and may be described as a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer.
  • an OLED may be described as having an "organic layer" disposed between a cathode and an anode. This organic layer may comprise a single layer, or may further comprise multiple layers of different organic materials as described, for example, with respect to FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • OLEDs comprised of polymeric materials (PLEDs) such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,247,190 to Friend et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • PLEDs polymeric materials
  • OLEDs having a single organic layer may be used.
  • OLEDs may be stacked, for example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,745 to Forrest et al, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the OLED structure may deviate from the simple layered structure illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2.
  • the substrate may include an angled reflective surface to improve out-coupling, such as a mesa structure as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,091,195 to Forrest et al., and/or a pit structure as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,893 to BuIo vie et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • any of the layers of the various embodiments may be deposited by any suitable method.
  • preferred methods include thermal evaporation, ink-jet, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,982 and 6,087,196, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, organic vapor phase deposition (OVPD), such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,337,102 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety, and deposition by organic vapor jet printing (OVJP), such as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/233,470, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • OVPD organic vapor phase deposition
  • OJP organic vapor jet printing
  • Other suitable deposition methods include spin coating and other solution based processes.
  • Solution based processes are preferably carried out in nitrogen or an inert atmosphere.
  • preferred methods include thermal evaporation.
  • Preferred patterning methods include deposition through a mask, cold welding such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,294,398 and 6,468,819, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, and patterning associated with some of the deposition methods such as ink-jet and OVJD. Other methods may also be used.
  • the materials to be deposited may be modified to make them compatible with a particular deposition method. For example, substituents such as alkyl and aryl groups, branched or unbranched, and preferably containing at least 3 carbons, may be used in small molecules to enhance their ability to undergo solution processing.
  • Substituents having 20 carbons or more may be used, and 3-20 carbons is a preferred range. Materials with asymmetric structures may have better solution processibility than those having symmetric structures, because asymmetric materials may have a lower tendency to recrystallize. Dendrimer substituents may be used to enhance the ability of small molecules to undergo solution processing.
  • Devices fabricated in accordance with embodiments of the invention may be incorporated into a wide variety of consumer products, including flat panel displays, computer monitors, televisions, billboards, lights for interior or exterior illumination and/or signaling, heads up displays, fully transparent displays, flexible displays, laser printers, telephones, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), laptop computers, digital cameras, camcorders, viewfmders, micro-displays, vehicles, a large area wall, theater or stadium screen, or a sign.
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • Various control mechanisms may be used to control devices fabricated in accordance with the present invention, including passive matrix and active matrix. Many of the devices are intended for use in a temperature range comfortable to humans, such as 18 degrees C. to 30 degrees C, and more preferably at room temperature (20-25 degrees C).
  • the materials and structures described herein may have applications in devices other than OLEDs.
  • other optoelectronic devices such as organic solar cells and organic photodetectors may employ the materials and structures.
  • organic devices such as organic transistors, may employ the materials and structures.
  • halo halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, heterocyclic group, aryl, aromatic group, and heteroaryl are known to the art, and are defined in US 7,279,704 at cols. 31-32, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • heteroleptic Ir (III) complex having extended conjugation.
  • the complex has extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring which coordinates to the metal through nitrogen.
  • Heteroleptic iridium complexes are of great interest because their photophysical, thermal, and electronic properties can be tuned according to the ligands that are attached to the metal center.
  • One advantage to using heteroleptic iridium complexes is that they offer improved device lifetime and a lower sublimation temperature, therefore offering improved manufacturing, as compared to homoleptic Ir (III) complexes.
  • heteroleptic complex containing 2- phenylpyridine and 2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine, has shown an improved lifetime compared to a related homoleptic complex. Further, the sublimation temperature of the heteroleptic complex is almost 70 0 C lower than the homoleptic complex. See, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/940,310. Heteroleptic complexes which demonstrate improved stability and low sublimation temperatures, such as those disclosed herein, are highly desirable for use in OLEDs. In particular, the heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes may be especially desirable for use in white organic light emitting devices (WOLEDs).
  • WOLEDs white organic light emitting devices
  • existing synthetic methods for making many heteroleptic iridium complexes may not be practical.
  • existing synthetic routes include the halogenation of iridium complexes and further functionalized (see, Stossel et al., Rhodium complexes and iridium complexes, 2005, EP1504015B1; Stossel et al., Rhodium and indium complexes, 2006, U.S. Patent No. 7,125,998), the use of boronic ester substituted iridium complexes generated from halogenated complexes and further functionalized (see, Kwong et al., Method or synthesis ofiridium (III) complexes with sterically demanding ligands, 2006, U.S.
  • the method, as described herein, can be used to make heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes that may be advantageously used in OLEDs and, in particular, WOLEDs.
  • the method described herein can be used to make especially desirable heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes such as Compound 1, Compound 2 and Compound 7.
  • a method for making Ir (III) heteroleptic complexes having extended conjugation comprising
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups. Each of R A , R B , R C , and R D represent one or more substituents. R is an alkyl, heteroalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl group and the two Rs are optionally joined to form a cycle.
  • the counterion X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate, tetrafluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene.
  • the method includes
  • the group B(OR) 2 is attached to ring C. In another aspect, the group B(OR) 2 is attached to ring D. In a particular aspect of the method, the
  • the method includes
  • R is aryl or heteroaryl and X is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, Cl, and OTf.
  • the method includes
  • the complex is I n y e t another aspect, the complex is
  • the method includes
  • the method includes reacting with to form In a certain aspect, the complex
  • the method includes reacting with Br J'O to form
  • the method includes reacting with to form In a certain aspect of the method, the complex
  • the method further includes
  • phosphorescent emissive compounds are provided.
  • the compounds are Ir (III) heteroleptic complexes having extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring which coordinates to the metal through nitrogen.
  • the compounds provided have the formula selected from the group consisting of:
  • Certain compounds may be particularly beneficial.
  • the compound is Compound 1.
  • the compound is Compound 2.
  • Heteroleptic iridium compounds are provided, which may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices.
  • the compounds may be useful as the emissive dopant of such devices.
  • the heteroleptic compounds are selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compound is Compound 8. In another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 9. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 10. In a further aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 11. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 12. In a further aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 13. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 14.
  • an organic light emitting device comprising an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and the organic layer further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • the organic layer of the device further comprises a host.
  • Compounds 1 and 2 have been shown to work particularly well in devices having a host that contains a triphenylene group. In particular, these compounds are advantageously used in devices
  • the host has the formula .
  • R is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the host compound has the formula where R is terphenyl.
  • inventive compounds may be especially useful in a device wherein the host has the structure
  • An organic light emitting device comprising an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode.
  • the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • the organic layer of the device may further comprise a host.
  • Compounds 7-12 have been shown to work particularly well in devices having a host that contains a triphenylene group.
  • the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the
  • the host compound has the formula described above where R is terphenyl.
  • the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the structure
  • the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the formula described above where R is dibenzothiophene.
  • the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the structure
  • a consumer product comprising the device is also provided.
  • the device further comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode.
  • the organic layer contains a compound selected from Compounds 1- 6.
  • a consumer product comprising a device is also provided, wherein the device further comprises an anode, a cathode and an organic layer which is disposed between the anode and the cathode.
  • the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of Compounds 8-14.
  • heteroleptic iridium complexes may not be practical for the production of many compounds.
  • One commonly used synthetic route involves reacting an iridium triflate intermediate with a second ligand in an organic solvent to produce heteroleptic iridium complexes.
  • this method often produces a mixture of products because of the ligand scrambling during the reaction. Specifically, this method generates both major and minor products in varying yields. The mixture of product compounds can cause problems in purifying the desired product and therefore may limit the practicality of the synthesis.
  • heteroleptic iridium compounds provided herein i.e., Compounds 10, 11 and 14
  • an alkyl- substituted triflate intermediate e.g., 6'-methylphenylpyridine
  • the very low degree of ligand scrambling in the synthesis of Compounds 10, 11 and 14 was unexpected at least in part because the same synthesis failed to provide the same results when used to make other compounds structurally similar to Compound 11 (e.g., Compound 2). See Example 8 and Experimental Section.
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D.
  • R A , R B , R C , an d R D are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups, and each of RA, RB, R C , and RD represent one or more substituents.
  • Rz is not H.
  • the counterion X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
  • R A , R B , R C , and R D are preferably selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene. Additionally, Rz is preferably an alkyl and more preferably Rz is methyl.
  • the method includes
  • the method comprises an alkyl substituted-phenylpyridine (e.g., 6- methylphenylpyridine), instead of phenylpyridine, as the A-B ligand which when reacted with the C-D ligand may result in no significant scrambling of the reaction products thereby providing an easier to purify product.
  • alkyl substituted-phenylpyridine e.g., 6- methylphenylpyridine
  • the method described above was used to synthesize Compounds 10, 11 and 14 and demonstrated high yield of the desired product with very low contamination with scrambled product. After the reaction was complete, the reaction product was analyzed chromatographically.
  • HPLC percentages of the major product for Compounds 10, 11, and 14 were calculated as 99.4%, 99.4 and 99.4%, respectively, whereas the minor products have combined HPLC percentages of 0.3%, 0.5%, and 0.5%, respectively, in the unpurified precipitated product.
  • the existing triflate intermediate method was used to make heteroleptic compounds, i.e., the 6- position of L A - B is not substituted, significant scrambling of the product can occur.
  • synthesis of Compounds 2 and 7 using the existing method provided 92% and 91% respectively of the major product, and 8% and 9% respectively of the minor products in the unpurif ⁇ ed reaction mixture (as determined by HPLC).
  • the method using alkyl substituted-phenylpyridine ligands described above provide an improved synthesis for heteroleptic compounds.
  • heteroleptic compounds having the formula I ⁇ (LA-B)2(L C D) are
  • LA-B is .
  • L C -D is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and each OfR 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 may represent mono, di, tri, tetra, or penta substitutions.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
  • the ligand L C - D is preferably selected from the group consisting of:
  • 2-Phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands may provide beneficial properties.
  • these ligands bind strongly with iridium (III).
  • iridium III
  • 2- phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine provide good chemical stability.
  • the tris complexes of iridium and 2-phenylpyridine ligands evaporate under high vacuum at low temperatures (i.e., ⁇ 250 0 C).
  • the operational stability of PHOLEDs using these complexes as emitters is poor and thus needs to be improved.
  • Aryl substitution on 2-phenylpyridine can improve device stability.
  • the heteroleptic compounds provided herein comprise two non- substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands or alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands, and one aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligand.
  • the heteroleptic compounds provided herein may provide lower evaporation temperature and improve device operational lifetime.
  • compound 7 which has two 2-phenylpyridine ligands and one 2- (biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine ligand, demonstrated improved stability in a PHOLED compared with tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium(III).
  • the emission spectrum of compound 7 was slightly red shifted. However, the emission was blue shifted in comparison to tris(2-(biphenyl-3- yl)pyridine)iridium(III).
  • both ligands i.e., 2- phenylpyridine and 2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine, probably contributed to the emission.
  • the combination of the ligand L C - D with the ligand L A - B provided better conjugation to the pyridine ring, where the LUMO locates. Without being bound by theory, it is thought that the LUMO of the provided heteroleptic compounds was reduced significantly as a result of the conjugation and stabilized the pyridine ring.
  • the emission spectrum became almost identical to I ⁇ (L C - D ) 3 , i.e., tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium (III) with aryl on the pyridine, suggesting that the emission is dominated by L C _ D while L A - B is a non-emitting ligand.
  • the heteroleptic compounds I ⁇ (L A - B ) 2 (L C - D ) disclosed herein provide high device stability.
  • the heteroleptic compounds I ⁇ (LA-B)(L C -D)2 provided herein, the effect is similar.
  • heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes may be improved by a method wherein a boronic ester functionalized ester is reacted directly with an iridium complex intermediate.
  • the method is also shown in FIG. 4.
  • the synthesis may be more practical for large scale synthesis of the complexes.
  • the products of the reaction can be separated by column or other methods.
  • heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes having extended conjugation from the heterocyclic ring may be made according to the method described herein. These compounds are also shown in FIG. 5. The use of these complexes in devices may result in improved device stability and manufacturing.
  • heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds may be improved by a method wherein a substituted triflate iridium intermediate is reacted with a second ligand. The method is also shown in FIG. 6. In particular, the synthesis may provide improved product purification due to significantly reduced ligand scrambling.
  • Novel compounds are provided, the compounds comprise at least one ligand containing a twisted aryl (illustrated in FIG. 7).
  • Specific compounds provided include Ir(2- phenylpyridine)type compounds containing a twisted phenyl ring (illustrated in FIG. 8).
  • These twisted aryl compounds may be advantageously used in OLEDs to provide devices having improved efficiency, stability and manufacturing. Preferably, these compounds may be used as an emitting dopant in such devices.
  • 2-phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands form iridium(III) compounds with good properties, these compounds may have limited practical use in devices (e.g., poor operational stability).
  • Aryl substitution on 2-phenylpyridine can improve device efficiency, but tris iridium compounds of aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine can only be evaporated at high temperatures (i.e., above 290 0 C) thereby limiting the use of these compounds as well (i.e., decomposition in manufacturing). It was found that 2- phenylpyridine type ligands having particular substitution patterns may be particularly beneficial.
  • the strategic combination of alkyl and phenyl substitutions on the 2- phenylpyridine type ligand may result in the substituent aryl group twisting out of plane (i.e., twisted aryl) thereby reducing packing and lowering the evaporation temperature.
  • the compounds provided herein comprise at least one ligand with an alkyl and aryl substituent such that the substituent aryl is a twisted aryl.
  • these compounds may provide lower evaporation temperature, improve device manufacturing and improve device operational lifetime.
  • Aryl groups substituted on 2-phenylpyridine may also increase the conjugation of the ligand thereby resulting in a red shifted emission.
  • Such compounds having emission at longer wavelengths in the yellow part of the spectrum, such as 540 nm to 580 nm, may have limited use because there emission is limited to the yellow part of the spectrum. Therefore, compounds having emission at a different range, such as a blue shifted range, may be desirable.
  • compounds with an emission in the target energy range of about 521 nm to about 540 nm may be particularly desirable.
  • compounds in which the substituent aryl ring is twisted by the addition of an alkyl group may have limited conjugation and demonstrate a blue shifted emission.
  • the twisted aryl compounds provided herein may have emission energies that are blue shifted relative to the corresponding compounds containing untwisted aryl substituents. Therefore, these blue shifted compounds may be particularly preferable.
  • substituents present on the aryl group (i.e., ring C) or on the pyridine ring adjacent to the twisted aryl (i.e., ring A) may induce the extra twisting of the aryl group.
  • the compounds having a twisted aryl moiety may provide (i) reduced conjugation thereby minimizing the red-shifting effect that is usually associated with increased conjugation (i.e., the additional of a phenyl), (ii) reduced stacking thereby lowering evaporation temperatures and increasing long-term thermal stability and processability, and (iii) narrow emission thus resulting in high luminous efficiency (i.e., high LE:EQE).
  • Compounds containing a twisted aryl and a limited number of substituents may provide improved stability while maintaining the benefits of the twisted aryl, such as improved efficiency and manufacturing. Further, certain compounds provided herein may demonstrate particularly narrow emission thus providing devices having especially good luminous efficiency in addition to the other noted improvements. Therefore, the compounds provided herein may be particularly desirable.
  • compounds having only one substituent inducing the twist in the substituent aryl may be especially beneficial.
  • compounds with a single substituent inducing the twist of the aryl substituent may be more stable than corresponding compounds containing multiple substituents. It is thought that compounds having a single substituent may have a smaller degree of twisting between the substituent aryl and the remainder of the ligand, and thus more conjugation, as compared to compounds with multiple substituents which may have a higher degree of twisting out of plane.
  • compounds with a single methyl substituent may have improved stability compared to compounds having multiple methyl substituents.
  • Device Example 28 and Comparative Device Example 6 have the same device structure and composition except that Device Example 28 uses Compound 35 as the emitting dopant whereas Comparative Device Example 6 uses E4 as the emitting dopant.
  • Compound 35 and E4 are both tris homoleptic compounds (i.e., IrL 3 ) with a ligand which has a twisted aryl group attached to 5 position of 2-phenylpyridine. Their only difference is that in Compound 35, the aryl is a 2-methylphenyl group whereas in E4, the aryl is a 2,6- dimethy lpheny 1.
  • B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to a metal M via a nitrogen atom in ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom in ring B.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • R a , Rb, and R 0 may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R a , Rb, and R 0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • A is pyridine.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
  • the ligand L is coordinated to the metal M having an atomic number greater than 40. Preferably, the metal M is Ir.
  • m is the oxidation state of the metal M.
  • n is at least 1.
  • L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
  • Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
  • A is pyridine.
  • R is not hydrogen.
  • R is alkyl.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 , Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 and Compound 34.
  • compounds are provided wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • At least one of Ri, R 2 , R3, and R 4 are not hydrogen.
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • the position of the twist inducing substituent adjacent to the substituent aryl ring results in the twisting of the C ring out of plane thereby reducing packing and offering a wide range of tunability in terms of evaporation temperature, solubility, energy levels, device efficiency and narrowness of the emission spectrum.
  • the substituents can be stable functional groups chemically as well as in device operation.
  • Ri and R 2 are hydrogen and one OfR 3 and R 4 is alkyl.
  • Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 21-24 and 29-34, 36 and 37.
  • one of Ri and R 2 is alkyl and R3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 25-28 and 35.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compounds having Formula II include homoleptic compounds and heteroleptic compounds.
  • Non- limiting examples of homoleptic compound include Compounds 21-24 and 35.
  • Non-limiting examples of heteroleptic compounds include Compounds 25-34, 36 and 37.
  • R'i, R' 2 and R'3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • Twisted aryl containing compounds having an alkyl substituent present on the pyridine ring of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand also having the aryl substituent may be preferred.
  • preferred compounds are provided wherein the compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 -Compound 23, Compound 29-Compound 31 , Compound 34, Compound 36 and Compound 37.
  • Even more preferred compounds are Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 29-31, Compound 34, Compound 36 and Compound 37 which has the alkyl group at the 4-position of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand (i.e., para to the pyridine nitrogen). It is because such substitution can provide the twist and also a slight blue shifting effect to make the compound emit in a deeper green emission.
  • Device Example 13 has ⁇ max of 525 nm and CIE of (0.342, 0.612) whereas Device Example 19 has ⁇ max of 532 nm and CIE of (0.372, 0.599).
  • Example 13 uses Compound 12 as the emitting dopant which has a methyl group at the 4-position of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand whereas
  • Example 19 uses Compound 25 as the emitting dopant which has a methyl group at the 2-position of the twist phenyl.
  • the twist induced structurally in both cases is believed to be similar, the methyl para to the pyridine nitrogen provides electron donating effect, raising the LUMO energy level of complex and also the triplet energy, resulting in a blue shift in emission.
  • An organic light emitting device is also provided.
  • the device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above.
  • Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; R, Ri, R 2 , and Ra substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula II, as described above.
  • the metal M is Ir.
  • A is pyridine.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula III or Formula IV, as described above.
  • Devices containing a compound wherein only one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is alkyl may also be preferred.
  • the device comprises a compound having Formula V or Formula VI, as described above. Certain devices are provided wherein the device contains a compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 - Compound 37. Preferably, the device contains Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 or Compound 34.
  • the organic layer is an emissive layer and the compound having the formula of Formula I is an emitting dopant.
  • the organic layer may further comprise a host.
  • the host has the formula:
  • R'i, R' 2 , R' 3 , R' 4 , R' 5 , and R' 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • a consumer product comprising a device is also provided.
  • the device comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above.
  • Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a consumer product containing a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; R, Ri, R 2 , and R A substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
  • homoleptic Ir (III) compounds are provided in FIG. 9.
  • a commonly used method of making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds involves heating a mixture of Ir(acac)3 with the ligand at reluxing glycerol (-180 0 C) or without solvent at >230 0 C. Such high temperature of reaction can cause problems such as thermal degradation of the ligand and the resulting complex. Therefore, it is highly desirable to provide a new method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds at lower temperatures.
  • the methods, as described herein, can be used to make homoleptic Ir (III) compounds that may be advantageously used in OLEDs.
  • a first method for making a homoleptic Ir (III) compound having is provided.
  • the first method may be used to synthesize compounds having an alkyl group which is not adjacent to the nitrogen in the heteroleptic ring of the ligand.
  • Compounds 21, 22, and 24, for example, may be synthesized using the first method provided.
  • a second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds is also provided.
  • the second method may be used to make compounds having an alkyl group which is adjacent to the nitrogen in the heterocyclic ring of the ligand.
  • Compound 23, for example may be synthesized using the second method provided.
  • a first method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex is provided. The first method comprising:
  • At least one of R A and R B is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is not adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring.
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • Each of R A and R B may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • Low boiling alcohols may include any alcohol which has a boiling temperature equal to or less than 108 0 C.
  • the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-ethoxyethanol.
  • the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of isopropanol which boils at 108 0 C, ethanol which boils at 78 0 C, and a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol which boils between 64 0 C and 78 0 C.
  • the low boiling alcohol is ethanol or a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
  • the low boiling alcohol is a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
  • A is:
  • C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings.
  • R A and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri 1 R 2, and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • the first method comprises
  • a second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds comprises: reacting with B in the absence of solvent
  • At least one of R A and R B is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring.
  • S is a neutral ligand.
  • X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate.
  • a and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp 2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B.
  • Each of R A and R B may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • A is:
  • C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
  • A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings.
  • R A and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions.
  • R A and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Xs, X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen.
  • Ri and R 2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R 2 , and the R a substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
  • the second method comprises:
  • Compound 23 can be made using the synthetic method, as follows:
  • the materials described herein as useful for a particular layer in an organic light emitting device may be used in combination with a wide variety of other materials present in the device.
  • emissive dopants disclosed herein may be used in conjunction with a wide variety of hosts, transport layers, blocking layers, injection layers, electrodes and other layers that may be present.
  • the materials described or referred to below are non-limiting examples of materials that may be useful in combination with the compounds disclosed herein, and one of skill in the art can readily consult the literature to identify other materials that may be useful in combination.
  • the layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layers are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to a residue.
  • the residue is purified by column chromatography eluting with 0, 2, and 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes.
  • a mixture is prepared of 2-phenyl-4-bromopyridine (4.28 g, 18.28 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (9.29 g, 36.57 mmol), and potassium acetate (5.38 g, 54.84 mmol) in 100 mL of dioxane. Nitrogen is bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Dichloro[l,r-ferrocenylbis(diphenylphosphine)]palladium(II) dichloromethane (448 mg, 0.55 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is heated to 9O 0 C internally for 3 h. The solvent is evaporated to an oil.
  • the oil was purified by Kugelrohr to remove excess bis(pinacolato)diboron.
  • the residue left in the boiling pot is dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered through magnesium sulfate, rinsed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate is evaporated.
  • the product can be used without purification in the next step.
  • Irppy intermediate (1.0 g, 1.3 mmol), 2-bromopyridine (1.01 g, 6.4 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) [Pd2(dba) 3 ] (0.05 g, 1 mol%), tricyclohexylphosphine (0.08 g, 5 mol %) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K 3 PO 4 ) (4.0 g, 19.0 mmol) were weighed into a 10OmL 3 -neck round bottom flask. 50 mL dioxane and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour.
  • the reaction was then allowed to cool to room temperature and the organic phase was separated from the aqueous phase.
  • the aqueous phase was washed with ethylacetate and the organic fractions were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the product was chromatographed using silica gel with ethylacetate and hexanes as the eluent. The solvent was removed to give 84.Og of a clear oil (76% yield ).
  • 2-(3-bromophenyl)pyridine (25.0 g, 107 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (54.2 g, 214 mmol), Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 (1.0 g, 10 mol%), and potassium acetate (31.5 g, 321 mmol) were placed in IL round bottom flask. 60OmL of dioxane was then added to the flask. Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 1 h and then the flask was heated to 90 0 C for 12 h in an atmosphere of nitrogen. The dioxane was removed under reduced pressure by a rotary evaporator.
  • Irppy triflate (17.5 g, 25 mmol) and 3 molar equivalent 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)pyridine (21.50 g, 117 mmol) was placed in a 2L 3 neck round bottomed flask. 60OmL of alcohol was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The reaction mixture was then refluxed (internal temp of the reaction mixture was 78 degrees) for overnight. After about 18 h the product had already precipitated from the hot reaction mixture.
  • the iridium triflate precursor (0.86 g, 1.15 mmol) and 4-methyl-2,5- diphenylpyridine (0.85 g, 3.46 mmol) were mixed in 30 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 0.7 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification.
  • reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bisulfite (10 mL). Acetic acid was removed under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 15 g of desired product was obtained (74% yield).
  • the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL) and the solvent removed under vacuum.
  • the crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 8.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (49% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 0.53 g of desired product was obtained after purification (15.6 % yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as the desired compound.
  • the compound was further purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 :1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 3.38 g of desired product was obtained after purification (100% yield).
  • the reaction was then allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate and water.
  • the organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layers were combined and washed with a saturated brine solution.
  • the organic layer was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give an off-white solid as crude.
  • the crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 8.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (54% yield). 11.5 g of desired product was obtained after purification (89.77% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 2.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (48% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.1 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.6% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 3.75 g of desired product was obtained after purification (90% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 0.9 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.8% yield).
  • the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds.
  • the desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.25 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.4% yield).
  • All device examples were fabricated by high vacuum ( ⁇ 10 ⁇ - ⁇ 7 Torr) thermal evaporation.
  • the anode electrode is 1200 A of indium tin oxide (ITO).
  • the cathode consisted of IOA of LiF followed by IOOOA of Al. All devices were encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box ( ⁇ 1 ppm OfH 2 O and O 2 ) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package.
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • ⁇ -NPD 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl
  • HTL hole transporting later
  • EML emissive layer
  • ETL emissive layer
  • 4O ⁇ A OfAIq 3 tris-8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum
  • Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except that El was used as the emissive dopant.
  • devices containing the inventive compound may have particularly good properties. Specifically, devices having an emissive layer containing Compound 1 as the emissive dopant. These devices demonstrate that Compound 1 may be beneficial to device stability.
  • Comparative Example 1 and Device Example 1 have RT 8 o % (defined as the time taken for the initial luminance, L 0 , to drop to 80% of its initial luminance) of 760 and 900 h, respectively.
  • Comparative Example 2 and Device Example 2 have RTgo% of 1130 and 1400 h, respectively.
  • Low evaporation temperature is desirable for OLED manufacturing. Prolonged heating of the materials is required during OLED manufacturing, so materials having a low evaporation temperature have less thermal stress typically resulting in cleaner evaporations.
  • the extended conjugation achieved by adding a phenyl to the heteroatomic ring of Compound 1 results in a low sublimation temperature. Therefore, devices with Compound 1 may have improved manufacturing.
  • the organic stack of the Device Examples 3-12 in Table 4, consisted of sequentially, from the ITO surface, IOOA of El as the hole injection layer (HIL), 3O ⁇ A of 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl ( ⁇ -NPD) as the hole transporting later (HTL), 3O ⁇ A of Hl or H2 doped with 7%, 10% or 15% of an invention compound as the emissive layer (EML), 5 ⁇ A of Hl or H2 as the blocking layer, and 4O ⁇ A OfAIq 3 (tris-8- hydroxyquinoline aluminum) as the ETL.
  • HIL hole injection layer
  • ⁇ -NPD 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl
  • HTL hole transporting later
  • EML emissive layer
  • ETL emissive layer
  • 4O ⁇ A OfAIq 3 tris-8- hydroxy
  • Comparative Example 3 was fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except that El was used as the emissive dopant.
  • devices containing the inventive compound may have particularly good properties. Specifically, devices having an emissive later containing Compound 1, Compound 2, Compound 8-12 as the emissive dopant demonstrate that these inventive compounds may be beneficial to device stability.
  • inventive compounds Compound 21 through Compound 35, are the emitting dopant and H-2 is the host.
  • the organic stack of the Device Examples 21-35 consisted of sequentially, from the ITO surface, 100 A of El as the hole injection layer (HIL), 300 A of 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl ( ⁇ - NPD) as the hole transporting later (HTL), 300 A of H2 doped with 7% of Compound 21-35 and 37 as the emissive layer (EML), 100 A of H2 as the electron transporting layer (ETL2), and 400 A OfAIq 3 (tris-8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum) as the electron transporting layer (ETLl).
  • Comparative Device Examples 4-6 were fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except E2 was used the emitting dopant in Comparative Device Example 4; CBP was as the host, E3 was used as the emitting dopant, and 50 A of HPT was used as the ETL2 and 450 A OfAIq 3 was used as the ETLl in Comparative Device Example 5; in E4 was used as the emitting dopant in Comparative Device Example 6.
  • Particular materials for use in an OLED are provided.
  • the materials may be used an emitting dopant in the emissive layer of such a device.
  • the materials provided herein may be used to provide devices having high efficiency and a narrow electroluminescence.
  • these materials may provided improved stability and improved processibility, such as high solubility and low evaporation temperature.
  • Table 6 shows the evaporation temperature of the emitting compounds, Compounds 21-33, used in the Device Examples compared to the evaporation temperatures of the emitting compounds E2 and E3 used in Comparative Device Examples 4 and 5, respectively.
  • Compounds 21-24 have significantly lower evaporation temperatures than E3.
  • a lower evaporation temperature may be a desirable property for the thermal evaporation and long term thermal stability of dopants. It is believed that the C-ring phenyl-pyridine in Compounds 21-23 has more twist between the two rings than the phenyl-pyridine twist, as is present in E3.
  • the heteroleptic compounds (Compounds 25-33 and 37) which contain the twisted C-ring feature have similar or lower evaporation temperatures than E2 which does not have a C-ring at all.
  • the result indicates that the twisted C-ring feature may lower evaporation temperature while keeping the molecular weight as high or even higher than the structurally similar compounds without this feature.
  • Table 7 shows additional device data for Device Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • Table 7 provides ⁇ max and CIE coordinates for Device Examples 16- 18 and 27 compared to the Comparative Device Examples 4, 5 and 6. From the data, it can be seen that Device Examples 16-18 and 27 are significantly blue shifted from Comparative Device Example 5. This result suggests that the conjugation may be reduced by the presence of the twisted phenyl C-ring.
  • Table 8 provides a comparison of device properties between Device Examples 16- 29 and Comparative Examples 4 and 6. From the data, it can be seen that Device Examples 16 (Compound 21), 17 (Compound 22), 19 (Compound 25), 20 (Compound 26), 21 (Compound 27), 23 (Compound 29), 24 (Compound 30), 25 (Compound 31), 27 (Compound 34), 28 (Compound 25), 29 (Compound 37) provide high efficiency and long device lifetime. Particularly, Device Examples 16, 17, 19, 23, 24, 25 and 27, which use Compounds 21, 22, 25, 29, 30, 31 and 34 respectively as the emitting dopant, have very good device performance.
  • the EL spectra of Device Examples 16-20, 23-25 and 27- 29 are all narrower than that of Comparative Example 4. Narrow emission may be an desirable factor for achieving saturated color coordinates, high LE:EQE conversion, microcavity tuning, and color filter matching in OLED technology.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Novel organic compounds containing a twisted aryl group are provided. In particular, the compounds provided contain a 2-phenylpyridine ligand having a twisted aryl group on the pyridine portion of the ligand. The compounds may be used in organic light emitting devices, particularly as emitting dopants. Devices comprising the compounds containing twisted aryl may demonstrate improved color, efficiency, stability and manufacturing. Additionally, methods are provided for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds which may contain a twisted aryl.

Description

PHOSPHORESCENT MATERIALS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/940,310, filed May 25, 2007, U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/093,967 filed September 3, 2008, U.S. Provisional Application No.61/140,459 filed December 23, 2008, U.S. Provisional Application 61/229,088 filed July 28, 2009 and PCT/US09/52045 filed July 29, 2009, the disclosures of which are herein expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0002] The claimed invention was made by, on behalf of, and/or in connection with one or more of the following parties to a joint university corporation research agreement: Regents of the University of Michigan, Princeton University, The University of Southern California, and the Universal Display Corporation. The agreement was in effect on and before the date the claimed invention was made, and the claimed invention was made as a result of activities undertaken within the scope of the agreement.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present invention relates to organic materials that may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method of making organic materials for such devices, as well as novel organic materials.
BACKGROUND
[0004] Opto-electronic devices that make use of organic materials are becoming increasingly desirable for a number of reasons. Many of the materials used to make such devices are relatively inexpensive, so organic opto-electronic devices have the potential for cost advantages over inorganic devices. In addition, the inherent properties of organic materials, such as their flexibility, may make them well suited for particular applications such as fabrication on a flexible substrate. Examples of organic opto-electronic devices include organic light emitting devices (OLEDs), organic phototransistors, organic photovoltaic cells, and organic photodetectors. For OLEDs, the organic materials may have performance advantages over conventional materials. For example, the wavelength at which an organic emissive layer emits light may generally be readily tuned with appropriate dopants.
[0005] OLEDs make use of thin organic films that emit light when voltage is applied across the device. OLEDs are becoming an increasingly interesting technology for use in applications such as flat panel displays, illumination, and backlighting. Several OLED materials and configurations are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,844,363, 6,303,238, and 5,707,745, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[0006] One application for phosphorescent emissive molecules is a full color display. Industry standards for such a display call for pixels adapted to emit particular colors, referred to as "saturated" colors. In particular, these standards call for saturated red, green, and blue pixels. Color may be measured using CIE coordinates, which are well known to the art.
[0007] One example of a green emissive molecule is tris(2-phenylpyridine) iridium, denoted Ir(ppy)3, which has the structure:
Figure imgf000004_0001
[0008] In this, and later figures herein, we depict the dative bond from nitrogen to metal (here, Ir) as a straight line.
[0009] As used herein, the term "organic" includes polymeric materials as well as small molecule organic materials that may be used to fabricate organic opto-electronic devices. "Small molecule" refers to any organic material that is not a polymer, and "small molecules" may actually be quite large. Small molecules may include repeat units in some circumstances. For example, using a long chain alkyl group as a substituent does not remove a molecule from the "small molecule" class. Small molecules may also be incorporated into polymers, for example as a pendent group on a polymer backbone or as a part of the backbone. Small molecules may also serve as the core moiety of a dendrimer, which consists of a series of chemical shells built on the core moiety. The core moiety of a dendrimer may be a fluorescent or phosphorescent small molecule emitter. A dendrimer may be a "small molecule," and it is believed that all dendrimers currently used in the field of OLEDs are small molecules.
[0010] As used herein, "top" means furthest away from the substrate, while "bottom" means closest to the substrate. Where a first layer is described as "disposed over" a second layer, the first layer is disposed further away from substrate. There may be other layers between the first and second layer, unless it is specified that the first layer is "in contact with" the second layer. For example, a cathode may be described as "disposed over" an anode, even though there are various organic layers in between.
[0011] As used herein, "solution processible" means capable of being dissolved, dispersed, or transported in and/or deposited from a liquid medium, either in solution or suspension form.
[0012] A ligand may be referred to as "photoactive" when it is believed that the ligand directly contributes to the photoactive properties of an emissive material. A ligand may be referred to as "ancillary" when it is believed that the ligand does not contribute to the photoactive properties of an emissive material, although an ancillary ligand may alter the properties of a photoactive ligand.
[0013] As used herein, and as would be generally understood by one skilled in the art, a first "Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital" (HOMO) or "Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital" (LUMO) energy level is "greater than" or "higher than" a second HOMO or LUMO energy level if the first energy level is closer to the vacuum energy level. Since ionization potentials (IP) are measured as a negative energy relative to a vacuum level, a higher HOMO energy level corresponds to an IP having a smaller absolute value (an IP that is less negative). Similarly, a higher LUMO energy level corresponds to an electron affinity (EA) having a smaller absolute value (an EA that is less negative). On a conventional energy level diagram, with the vacuum level at the top, the LUMO energy level of a material is higher than the HOMO energy level of the same material. A "higher" HOMO or LUMO energy level appears closer to the top of such a diagram than a "lower" HOMO or LUMO energy level.
[0014] As used herein, and as would be generally understood by one skilled in the art, a first work function is "greater than" or "higher than" a second work function if the first work function has a higher absolute value. Because work functions are generally measured as negative numbers relative to vacuum level, this means that a "higher" work function is more negative. On a conventional energy level diagram, with the vacuum level at the top, a "higher" work function is illustrated as further away from the vacuum level in the downward direction. Thus, the definitions of HOMO and LUMO energy levels follow a different convention than work functions.
[0015] More details on OLEDs, and the definitions described above, can be found in US Pat. No. 7,279,704, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0016] A method is provided for making heteroleptic Ir(III) complexes having extended conjugation. The method, comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000006_0001
with
Figure imgf000006_0002
to form
S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. Preferably, S is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate, tetrafluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D. RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups. Each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents. Preferably, RA, RB, RC, and RD are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianapthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene. R is an alkyl, heteroalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl group and the two Rs are optionally joined to form a cycle. [0017] Additionally, phosphorescent emissive materials are provided. The materials are heteroleptic complexes with extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring. The materials may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. In particular, the materials may be useful as the emissive dopant of such devices. The materials are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0018] In one aspect, Compound 1 may be preferred. In another aspect, Compound 2 may be preferred.
[0019] Additionally, an organic light emitting device is provided. The device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound selected from Compounds 1-6. The organic layer may further comprise a host. Preferably, the host includes a triphenylene group. More preferably, the host includes a triphenylene further substituted with terphenyl. Most preferably, the host is Hl.
[0020] A consumer product is also provided. The product contains a device that has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from Compounds 1-6.
[0021] Heteroleptic iridium compounds are provided, which may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. The heteroleptic compounds are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000008_0001
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000008_0002
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000008_0003
Compound 12 Compound 13
Figure imgf000009_0001
Compound 14
[0022] In one aspect, Compound 8 may be prefererred. In another aspect, Compound 9 may be preferred. In yet another aspect, Compound 10 may be preferred. In a further aspect, Compound 11 may be preferred. In yet another aspect, Compound 12 may be preferred. In a further aspect, Compound 13 may be preferred. In yet another aspect, Compound 14 may be preferred.
[0023] Additionally, an organic light emitting device is provided. The device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound selected from Compounds 8-14. The organic layer may further comprise a host having a triphenylene group further substituted with an aryl or a heteroaryl. Preferably, the host contains a triphenylene group further substituted with a terphenyl or a dibenzothiophene. More preferably, the host is Hl or H2.
[0024] A consumer product is also provided. The product contains a device that has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer further comprises a compound selected from Compounds 8-14.
[0025] Additionally, a method for making heteroleptic compounds without significant ligand scrambling is provided. The method, comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000009_0002
with to form
Figure imgf000010_0001
. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion.
Preferably, X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or hetero aromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D. RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups, and each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents. Preferably, RA, RB, RC, and RD are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene. Rz is not H. Preferably, Rz is methyl.
[0026] A heteroleptic compound having the formula IΓ(LA-B)2(LC-D) is provided. LA-B is
Figure imgf000010_0002
. Lc-D is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000010_0003
and
Figure imgf000010_0004
. Ri, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and each of Ri, R2, R3, R4 and R5 may represent mono, di, tri, tetra, or penta substitutions. Preferably, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently hydrogen and methyl. More preferably, LC_D is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0027] Novel phosphorescent organic materials are provided. The organic materials are compounds containing at least one ligand having an alkyl substituent and an aryl substituent such that the substituent aryl is twisted out of plane (i.e., twisted aryl in this document) more than the usual unsubstituted phenyl-phenyl. The compounds may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. In particular, the compounds may be useful as an emitting dopant in such devices.
[0028] Compounds are provided, the compounds comprising a ligand L having the structure:
Figure imgf000011_0002
Formula I.
[0029] B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to a metal M via a nitrogen atom on ring A and a sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings. Ra, Rb, and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. Ra, Rb, and R0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Preferably, A is pyridine. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to Ring C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is methyl. The ligand L is coordinated to the metal M having an atomic number greater than 40. Preferably, the metal M is Ir.
[0030] Examples of the compounds may include compounds having the structure:
Figure imgf000012_0001
Formula II.
[0031] m is the oxidation state of the metal M. Preferably, the metal M is Ir. Preferably, A is pyridine, n is at least 1. L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
[0032] Particular examples of compounds having Formula II are provided and include Compound 15 - Compound 20. R is not hydrogen. Preferably, R is alkyl.
[0033] Specific examples of compounds having Formula II are provided, including Compound 21 - Compound 37. In one aspect, Compounds 21, 22, 25, 29, 30, 31 and 34 may be preferred compounds. [0034] In one aspect, compounds are provided wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000013_0001
Formula I and Formula IV
At least one of Ri, R2, R3, and R4 is not hydrogen. R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. Preferably, A is pyridine. In one aspect, Ri and R2 are hydrogen and one Of R3 and R4 is alkyl. Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 21-24, 29-34, 36 and 37. In another aspect, one of Ri and R2 is alkyl and R3 and R4 are hydrogen. Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 25-28 and 35.
[0035] In another aspect, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000013_0002
Formula V and Formula Vl
[0036] Compounds having Formula II include homoleptic compounds and heteroleptic compounds. Examples of homoleptic compound include Compounds 21-24 and 35. Examples of heteroleptic compounds include Compounds 25-34, 36 and 37. [0037] In one aspect, compounds are provided having a ligand L' selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000014_0001
R' I, R'2 and R'3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0038] In one aspect, compounds where the alkyl substituent (i..e., the alkyl substituent inducing the twist in the aryl substituent) is present on the pyridine ring of the ligand L are preferred. Preferably the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compounds 21- 23, 29-31, 34, 36 and 37.
[0039] In another aspect, compounds where the alkyl substituent is para to the nitrogen of the pyridine ring may be especially preferred. Preferably, the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compounds 21, 22, 29-31, 34, 36 and 37.
[0040] An organic light emitting device is also provided. The device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above. Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; the substituents R, Ri, R2, R3, R4, Rs, and Ra substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
[0041] In one aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula II, as described above. Preferably, the metal M is Ir. Preferably, A is pyridine. In another aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula III or Formula IV, as described above. Devices containing a compound wherein only one of Ri1 R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl may also be preferred. In yet another aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula V or Formula VI, as described above. Certain devices are provided wherein the device contains a compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 - Compound 37. Preferably, the device contains Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 or Compound 34.
[0042] In one aspect, devices are provided wherein the organic layer is an emissive layer and the compound having the formula of Formula I is an emitting dopant. Moreover, the organic layer may further comprise a host. Preferably, the host has the structure:
Figure imgf000015_0001
R'i, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5, and R'6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0043] A consumer product comprising a device is also provided. The device comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above. Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a consumer product containing a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; the substituents R, Ri, R2, R3, R4, R5, and Ra substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
[0044] Additionally, low temperature methods for making homoleptic compounds are provided. In particular, the methods are for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds. These compounds may preferably contain a twisted aryl.
[0045] A first method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex is provided. The first method comprising: reacting
Figure imgf000016_0001
with B in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
Figure imgf000016_0002
to form
[0046] At least one of RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is not adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. Each of RA and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0047] In one aspect, the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol, 2- methoxyethanol, and 2-ethoxyethanol. Preferably, the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of isopropanol which boils at 108 0C, ethanol which boils at 78 0C, and a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol which has a boiling point between 65°C and 78° C. More preferably, the low boiling alcohol is ethanol or a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol. Most preferably, the low boiling alcohol is a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
[0048] Preferably, A is:
Figure imgf000017_0001
[0049] C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings. RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri1 R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
[0050] In one aspect, the first method comprises:
reacting
Figure imgf000017_0002
with in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
Figure imgf000017_0003
to form
Specific compounds, including Compound 21, Compound 22, and Compound 24, may be formed using this method.
[0051] A second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds is also provided. The second method comprises: reacting
Figure imgf000018_0001
with B in the absence of solvent
Figure imgf000018_0002
to form
[0052] At least one of RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. Each of RA and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0053] Preferably, A is:
Figure imgf000018_0003
[0054] C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings. RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, Xs, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
[0055] In one aspect, the second method comprises:
reacting
Figure imgf000019_0001
with in the absence of solvent
Figure imgf000019_0002
to form
Specific compounds, including Compound 23, may be formed using this method.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0056] FIG. 1 shows an organic light emitting device.
[0057] FIG. 2 shows an inverted organic light emitting device that does not have a separate electron transport layer.
[0058] FIG. 3 shows a PHOLED having a particular structure.
[0059] FIG. 4 shows a method of making heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds.
[0060] FIG. 5 shows heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes having extended conjugation.
[0061] FIG. 6 shows a method for making heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds.
[0062] FIG. 7 shows a ligand containing a twisted aryl and a compound comprising a ligand containing a twisted aryl. [0063] FIG. 8 shows exemplary compounds.
[0064] FIG. 9 shows a method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0065] Generally, an OLED comprises at least one organic layer disposed between and electrically connected to an anode and a cathode. When a current is applied, the anode injects holes and the cathode injects electrons into the organic layer(s). The injected holes and electrons each migrate toward the oppositely charged electrode. When an electron and hole localize on the same molecule, an "exciton," which is a localized electron-hole pair having an excited energy state, is formed. Light is emitted when the exciton relaxes via a photoemissive mechanism. In some cases, the exciton may be localized on an excimer or an exciplex. Non- radiative mechanisms, such as thermal relaxation, may also occur, but are generally considered undesirable.
[0066] The initial OLEDs used emissive molecules that emitted light from their singlet states ("fluorescence") as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,769,292, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Fluorescent emission generally occurs in a time frame of less than 10 nanoseconds.
[0067] More recently, OLEDs having emissive materials that emit light from triplet states ("phosphorescence") have been demonstrated. Baldo et al., "Highly Efficient Phosphorescent Emission from Organic Electroluminescent Devices," Nature, vol. 395, 151-154, 1998; ("Baldo-I") and Baldo et al., "Very high-efficiency green organic light-emitting devices based on electrophosphorescence," Appl. Phys. Lett., vol. 75, No. 3, 4-6 (1999) ("Baldo-II"), which are incorporated by reference in their entireties. Phosphorescence is described in more detail in US Pat. No. 7,279,704 at cols. 5-6, which are incorporated by reference.
[0068] FIG. 1 shows an organic light emitting device 100. The figures are not necessarily drawn to scale. Device 100 may include a substrate 110, an anode 115, a hole injection layer 120, a hole transport layer 125, an electron blocking layer 130, an emissive layer 135, a hole blocking layer 140, an electron transport layer 145, an electron injection layer 150, a protective layer 155, and a cathode 160. Cathode 160 is a compound cathode having a first conductive layer 162 and a second conductive layer 164. Device 100 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. The properties and functions of these various layers, as well as example materials, are described in more detail in US 7,279,704 at cols. 6- 10, which are incorporated by reference.
[0069] More examples for each of these layers are available. For example, a flexible and transparent substrate-anode combination is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,844,363, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. An example of a p-doped hole transport layer is m- MTDATA doped with F.sub.4-TCNQ at a molar ratio of 50:1, as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0230980, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Examples of emissive and host materials are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,303,238 to Thompson et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. An example of an n- doped electron transport layer is BPhen doped with Li at a molar ratio of 1 : 1 , as disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0230980, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,703,436 and 5,707,745, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, disclose examples of cathodes including compound cathodes having a thin layer of metal such as Mg: Ag with an overlying transparent, electrically-conductive, sputter- deposited ITO layer. The theory and use of blocking layers is described in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,097,147 and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0230980, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties. Examples of injection layers are provided in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0174116, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. A description of protective layers may be found in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0174116, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0070] FIG. 2 shows an inverted OLED 200. The device includes a substrate 210, a cathode 215, an emissive layer 220, a hole transport layer 225, and an anode 230. Device 200 may be fabricated by depositing the layers described, in order. Because the most common OLED configuration has a cathode disposed over the anode, and device 200 has cathode 215 disposed under anode 230, device 200 may be referred to as an "inverted" OLED. Materials similar to those described with respect to device 100 may be used in the corresponding layers of device 200. FIG. 2 provides one example of how some layers may be omitted from the structure of device 100.
[0071] The simple layered structure illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2 is provided by way of non- limiting example, and it is understood that embodiments of the invention may be used in connection with a wide variety of other structures. The specific materials and structures described are exemplary in nature, and other materials and structures may be used. Functional OLEDs may be achieved by combining the various layers described in different ways, or layers may be omitted entirely, based on design, performance, and cost factors. Other layers not specifically described may also be included. Materials other than those specifically described may be used. Although many of the examples provided herein describe various layers as comprising a single material, it is understood that combinations of materials, such as a mixture of host and dopant, or more generally a mixture, may be used. Also, the layers may have various sublayers. The names given to the various layers herein are not intended to be strictly limiting. For example, in device 200, hole transport layer 225 transports holes and injects holes into emissive layer 220, and may be described as a hole transport layer or a hole injection layer. In one embodiment, an OLED may be described as having an "organic layer" disposed between a cathode and an anode. This organic layer may comprise a single layer, or may further comprise multiple layers of different organic materials as described, for example, with respect to FIGS. 1 and 2.
[0072] Structures and materials not specifically described may also be used, such as OLEDs comprised of polymeric materials (PLEDs) such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,247,190 to Friend et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. By way of further example, OLEDs having a single organic layer may be used. OLEDs may be stacked, for example as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,707,745 to Forrest et al, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The OLED structure may deviate from the simple layered structure illustrated in FIGS. 1 and 2. For example, the substrate may include an angled reflective surface to improve out-coupling, such as a mesa structure as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,091,195 to Forrest et al., and/or a pit structure as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,893 to BuIo vie et al., which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0073] Unless otherwise specified, any of the layers of the various embodiments may be deposited by any suitable method. For the organic layers, preferred methods include thermal evaporation, ink-jet, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,013,982 and 6,087,196, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, organic vapor phase deposition (OVPD), such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,337,102 to Forrest et al., which is incorporated by reference in its entirety, and deposition by organic vapor jet printing (OVJP), such as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/233,470, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other suitable deposition methods include spin coating and other solution based processes. Solution based processes are preferably carried out in nitrogen or an inert atmosphere. For the other layers, preferred methods include thermal evaporation. Preferred patterning methods include deposition through a mask, cold welding such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,294,398 and 6,468,819, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties, and patterning associated with some of the deposition methods such as ink-jet and OVJD. Other methods may also be used. The materials to be deposited may be modified to make them compatible with a particular deposition method. For example, substituents such as alkyl and aryl groups, branched or unbranched, and preferably containing at least 3 carbons, may be used in small molecules to enhance their ability to undergo solution processing. Substituents having 20 carbons or more may be used, and 3-20 carbons is a preferred range. Materials with asymmetric structures may have better solution processibility than those having symmetric structures, because asymmetric materials may have a lower tendency to recrystallize. Dendrimer substituents may be used to enhance the ability of small molecules to undergo solution processing.
[0074] Devices fabricated in accordance with embodiments of the invention may be incorporated into a wide variety of consumer products, including flat panel displays, computer monitors, televisions, billboards, lights for interior or exterior illumination and/or signaling, heads up displays, fully transparent displays, flexible displays, laser printers, telephones, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), laptop computers, digital cameras, camcorders, viewfmders, micro-displays, vehicles, a large area wall, theater or stadium screen, or a sign. Various control mechanisms may be used to control devices fabricated in accordance with the present invention, including passive matrix and active matrix. Many of the devices are intended for use in a temperature range comfortable to humans, such as 18 degrees C. to 30 degrees C, and more preferably at room temperature (20-25 degrees C).
[0075] The materials and structures described herein may have applications in devices other than OLEDs. For example, other optoelectronic devices such as organic solar cells and organic photodetectors may employ the materials and structures. More generally, organic devices, such as organic transistors, may employ the materials and structures.
[0076] The terms halo, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, heterocyclic group, aryl, aromatic group, and heteroaryl are known to the art, and are defined in US 7,279,704 at cols. 31-32, which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0077] Compounds are provided, comprising a heteroleptic Ir (III) complex having extended conjugation. In particular, the complex has extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring which coordinates to the metal through nitrogen. Heteroleptic iridium complexes are of great interest because their photophysical, thermal, and electronic properties can be tuned according to the ligands that are attached to the metal center. One advantage to using heteroleptic iridium complexes is that they offer improved device lifetime and a lower sublimation temperature, therefore offering improved manufacturing, as compared to homoleptic Ir (III) complexes. For example, a heteroleptic complex containing 2- phenylpyridine and 2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine, has shown an improved lifetime compared to a related homoleptic complex. Further, the sublimation temperature of the heteroleptic complex is almost 700C lower than the homoleptic complex. See, U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/940,310. Heteroleptic complexes which demonstrate improved stability and low sublimation temperatures, such as those disclosed herein, are highly desirable for use in OLEDs. In particular, the heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes may be especially desirable for use in white organic light emitting devices (WOLEDs).
[0078] The existing synthetic methods for making many heteroleptic iridium complexes may not be practical. In particular, existing synthetic routes include the halogenation of iridium complexes and further functionalized (see, Stossel et al., Rhodium complexes and iridium complexes, 2005, EP1504015B1; Stossel et al., Rhodium and indium complexes, 2006, U.S. Patent No. 7,125,998), the use of boronic ester substituted iridium complexes generated from halogenated complexes and further functionalized (see, Kwong et al., Method or synthesis ofiridium (III) complexes with sterically demanding ligands, 2006, U.S. Application Serial No. 12/044848), and the low temperature BuLi/ZnCb method (see, Huo et al, OLEDs with mixed ligand cyclometallated complexes, 2006, US20060134459A1). The low temperature BuLi/ZnCb method, for example, produces mer- isomers of the complex, which are not normally desired, and thus must then be converted to the useful fac- isomer of the complex. See, Huo et al, OLEDs with mixed ligand cyclometallated complexes, 2006, US20060134459A1. Thus, this method may not be practical for large scale synthesis of the complex. While offering improved yield, the method that involves converting a brominated iridium complex to a boronic ester to ultimately yield the final product is indirect. See, Kwong et al., Method for synthesis ofiridium (III) complexes with sterically demanding ligands, 2006, U.S. Application Serial No. 12/044848. Therefore, it is highly desirable to provide a more practical and direct synthetic method for making heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes.
[0079] The method, as described herein, can be used to make heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes that may be advantageously used in OLEDs and, in particular, WOLEDs. For example, the method described herein can be used to make especially desirable heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes such as Compound 1, Compound 2 and Compound 7.
[0080] A method for making Ir (III) heteroleptic complexes having extended conjugation, the method comprising
Figure imgf000025_0001
S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D. RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups. Each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents. R is an alkyl, heteroalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl group and the two Rs are optionally joined to form a cycle.
[0081] In one aspect of the method, the counterion X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate, tetrafluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
[0082] In one aspect, RA, RB, RC, and RD are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene. [0083] In another aspect, the method includes
Figure imgf000026_0001
[0084] In one aspect of the method, the group B(OR)2 is attached to ring C. In another aspect, the group B(OR)2 is attached to ring D. In a particular aspect of the method, the
group B(OR)2 is
Figure imgf000026_0002
[0085] In one aspect, the method includes
reacting
Figure imgf000026_0003
with RX to form
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein R is aryl or heteroaryl and X is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, Cl, and OTf.
[0086] In one aspect, the method includes
Figure imgf000027_0002
the complex
Figure imgf000027_0003
Figure imgf000027_0004
Compound i . In another aspect, the complex is
Figure imgf000028_0001
In yet another aspect, the complex is
Figure imgf000028_0002
Compound 2
[0087] In another aspect, the method includes
reacting
Figure imgf000028_0003
Figure imgf000028_0004
. In a certain aspect of the method, the complex
Figure imgf000029_0001
[0088] In another aspect, the method includes reacting
Figure imgf000029_0002
with to form
Figure imgf000029_0003
In a certain aspect, the complex
Figure imgf000029_0004
[0089] In another aspect, the method includes reacting
Figure imgf000030_0001
with Br J'O to form
In a certain aspect, the complex
Figure imgf000030_0003
Figure imgf000030_0002
[s Compound 5
[0090] In yet another aspect, the method includes reacting
Figure imgf000030_0004
with to form
Figure imgf000031_0001
In a certain aspect of the method, the complex
Figure imgf000031_0002
[0091] In another aspect, the method further includes
reacting
Figure imgf000031_0003
with to form and reacting
Figure imgf000031_0004
2 with A9X to form
and then reacting
Figure imgf000031_0005
with
Figure imgf000031_0006
to form
Figure imgf000032_0001
[0092] Additionally, phosphorescent emissive compounds are provided. In particular, the compounds are Ir (III) heteroleptic complexes having extended conjugation on the heterocyclic ring which coordinates to the metal through nitrogen. The compounds provided have the formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000032_0002
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000032_0003
[0093] Certain compounds may be particularly beneficial. In one aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 1. In another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 2. [0094] Heteroleptic iridium compounds are provided, which may be advantageously used in organic light emitting devices. In particular, the compounds may be useful as the emissive dopant of such devices. The heteroleptic compounds are selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000033_0001
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000033_0002
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000033_0003
Compound 12 Compound 13
Figure imgf000034_0001
Compound 14
[0095] Certain compounds may be particularly beneficial. In one aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 8. In another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 9. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 10. In a further aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 11. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 12. In a further aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 13. In yet another aspect, preferably the compound is Compound 14.
[0096] Additionally, an organic light emitting device is provided, the device comprising an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, and the organic layer further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000034_0002
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000034_0003
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0097] In one aspect, the organic layer of the device further comprises a host. Compounds 1 and 2 have been shown to work particularly well in devices having a host that contains a triphenylene group. In particular, these compounds are advantageously used in devices
wherein the host has the formula
Figure imgf000035_0002
. R is aryl or heteroaryl. In a certain aspect, the host compound has the formula where R is terphenyl. Moreover, the inventive compounds may be especially useful in a device wherein the host has the structure
Figure imgf000035_0003
[0098] An organic light emitting device is provided, the device comprising an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode. The organic layer further comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000036_0001
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000036_0002
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000036_0003
Compound 12 Compound 13 Compound 14
[0099] The organic layer of the device may further comprise a host. Compounds 7-12 have been shown to work particularly well in devices having a host that contains a triphenylene group. In particular, the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the
formula
Figure imgf000036_0004
where R is aryl or heteroaryl. In one aspect, the host compound has the formula described above where R is terphenyl. Preferably, the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the structure
Figure imgf000037_0001
. In another aspect, the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the formula described above where R is dibenzothiophene. Preferably, the compounds may be used in a device wherein the host has the structure
Figure imgf000037_0002
H2
[0100] Additionally, a consumer product comprising the device is also provided. The device further comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode. The organic layer contains a compound selected from Compounds 1- 6.
[0101] A consumer product comprising a device is also provided, wherein the device further comprises an anode, a cathode and an organic layer which is disposed between the anode and the cathode. The organic layer further comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of Compounds 8-14.
[0102] As discussed previously, the existing synthetic methods for making heteroleptic iridium complexes may not be practical for the production of many compounds. One commonly used synthetic route involves reacting an iridium triflate intermediate with a second ligand in an organic solvent to produce heteroleptic iridium complexes.
Figure imgf000038_0001
Major product
Figure imgf000038_0002
Minor Products
However, this method often produces a mixture of products because of the ligand scrambling during the reaction. Specifically, this method generates both major and minor products in varying yields. The mixture of product compounds can cause problems in purifying the desired product and therefore may limit the practicality of the synthesis.
[0103] Of note, several of the heteroleptic iridium compounds provided herein (i.e., Compounds 10, 11 and 14) were generated in high yield and without a significant amount of contaminating minor products using a triflate intermediate synthesis when an alkyl- substituted triflate intermediate (e.g., 6'-methylphenylpyridine) was used. The very low degree of ligand scrambling in the synthesis of Compounds 10, 11 and 14 was unexpected at least in part because the same synthesis failed to provide the same results when used to make other compounds structurally similar to Compound 11 (e.g., Compound 2). See Example 8 and Experimental Section.
[0104] Accordingly, a method for making heteroleptic compounds having extended conjugation is provided herein (illustrated in FIG. 6). The method comprises reacting
Figure imgf000038_0003
. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D. RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups, and each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents. Rz is not H.
[0105] Preferably, the counterion X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
[0106] RA, RB, RC, and RD are preferably selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene. Additionally, Rz is preferably an alkyl and more preferably Rz is methyl.
[0107] In one aspect, the method includes
reacting
Figure imgf000039_0001
with to form
[0108] Preferably,
Figure imgf000040_0001
is selected from the group
Figure imgf000040_0002
consisting of Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000040_0003
Compound 14
[0109] The method comprises an alkyl substituted-phenylpyridine (e.g., 6- methylphenylpyridine), instead of phenylpyridine, as the A-B ligand which when reacted with the C-D ligand may result in no significant scrambling of the reaction products thereby providing an easier to purify product. In particular, the method described above was used to synthesize Compounds 10, 11 and 14 and demonstrated high yield of the desired product with very low contamination with scrambled product. After the reaction was complete, the reaction product was analyzed chromatographically. Specifically, HPLC percentages of the major product for Compounds 10, 11, and 14 were calculated as 99.4%, 99.4 and 99.4%, respectively, whereas the minor products have combined HPLC percentages of 0.3%, 0.5%, and 0.5%, respectively, in the unpurified precipitated product. On the other hand, if the existing triflate intermediate method was used to make heteroleptic compounds, i.e., the 6- position of LA-B is not substituted, significant scrambling of the product can occur. In particular, synthesis of Compounds 2 and 7 using the existing method provided 92% and 91% respectively of the major product, and 8% and 9% respectively of the minor products in the unpurifϊed reaction mixture (as determined by HPLC). Thus, the method using alkyl substituted-phenylpyridine ligands described above provide an improved synthesis for heteroleptic compounds.
[0110] Additionally, heteroleptic compounds having the formula IΓ(LA-B)2(LC D) are
provided. LA-B is
Figure imgf000041_0001
. LC-D is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000041_0002
and
Figure imgf000041_0003
. R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and each OfR1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 may represent mono, di, tri, tetra, or penta substitutions. Preferably, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
[0111] The ligand LC-D is preferably selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000041_0004
[0112] 2-Phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands may provide beneficial properties. In particular, these ligands bind strongly with iridium (III). Thus, 2- phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine provide good chemical stability. Additionally, the tris complexes of iridium and 2-phenylpyridine ligands evaporate under high vacuum at low temperatures (i.e., <250 0C). However, the operational stability of PHOLEDs using these complexes as emitters is poor and thus needs to be improved. Aryl substitution on 2-phenylpyridine can improve device stability. Unfortunately, the tris iridium complexes of aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine can only be evaporated at high temperatures (i.e., >290 0C). High evaporation temperature is not desirable for long term manufacturing due to decomposition. Therefore, the use of such tris aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine in PHOLEDs may be limited. The heteroleptic compounds provided herein comprise two non- substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands or alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands, and one aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligand. Thus, the heteroleptic compounds provided herein may provide lower evaporation temperature and improve device operational lifetime.
[0113] In particular, compound 7, which has two 2-phenylpyridine ligands and one 2- (biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine ligand, demonstrated improved stability in a PHOLED compared with tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium(III). The emission spectrum of compound 7 was slightly red shifted. However, the emission was blue shifted in comparison to tris(2-(biphenyl-3- yl)pyridine)iridium(III). Taken together, this suggests that both ligands, i.e., 2- phenylpyridine and 2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine, probably contributed to the emission. In addition, the oxidation and reduction properties of compound 7, tris(2- phenylpyridine)iridium(III), and tris(2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine)iridium(III) were measured by cyclic voltammetry and there was no significant difference between the values for the three different compounds. Therefore, the substitution pattern of the compound may not significantly shift the HOMO and LUMO levels of the complexes.
[0114] For the heteroleptic compounds IΓ(LA-B)2(LC-D) provided herein, the combination of the ligand LC-D with the ligand LA-B provided better conjugation to the pyridine ring, where the LUMO locates. Without being bound by theory, it is thought that the LUMO of the provided heteroleptic compounds was reduced significantly as a result of the conjugation and stabilized the pyridine ring. At the same time, the emission spectrum became almost identical to IΓ(LC-D)3, i.e., tris(2-phenylpyridine)iridium (III) with aryl on the pyridine, suggesting that the emission is dominated by LC_D while LA-B is a non-emitting ligand. The heteroleptic compounds IΓ(LA-B)2(LC-D) disclosed herein provide high device stability. For the heteroleptic compounds IΓ(LA-B)(LC-D)2 provided herein, the effect is similar.
[0115] As discussed in previous paragraphs, the synthesis of heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes may be improved by a method wherein a boronic ester functionalized ester is reacted directly with an iridium complex intermediate. The method is also shown in FIG. 4. In particular, the synthesis may be more practical for large scale synthesis of the complexes. The products of the reaction can be separated by column or other methods. In addition, heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes having extended conjugation from the heterocyclic ring may be made according to the method described herein. These compounds are also shown in FIG. 5. The use of these complexes in devices may result in improved device stability and manufacturing.
[0116] As discussed above, the synthesis of heteroleptic Ir (III) compounds may be improved by a method wherein a substituted triflate iridium intermediate is reacted with a second ligand. The method is also shown in FIG. 6. In particular, the synthesis may provide improved product purification due to significantly reduced ligand scrambling.
[0117] Novel compounds are provided, the compounds comprise at least one ligand containing a twisted aryl (illustrated in FIG. 7). Specific compounds provided include Ir(2- phenylpyridine)type compounds containing a twisted phenyl ring (illustrated in FIG. 8). These twisted aryl compounds may be advantageously used in OLEDs to provide devices having improved efficiency, stability and manufacturing. Preferably, these compounds may be used as an emitting dopant in such devices.
[0118] Compounds containing a twisted aryl group have been reported in the literature (see, e.g., US2007/0003789 and US2009/0124805).
[0119] While 2-phenylpyridine and alkyl substituted 2-phenylpyridine ligands form iridium(III) compounds with good properties, these compounds may have limited practical use in devices (e.g., poor operational stability). Aryl substitution on 2-phenylpyridine can improve device efficiency, but tris iridium compounds of aryl substituted 2-phenylpyridine can only be evaporated at high temperatures (i.e., above 290 0C) thereby limiting the use of these compounds as well (i.e., decomposition in manufacturing). It was found that 2- phenylpyridine type ligands having particular substitution patterns may be particularly beneficial. In particular, the strategic combination of alkyl and phenyl substitutions on the 2- phenylpyridine type ligand may result in the substituent aryl group twisting out of plane (i.e., twisted aryl) thereby reducing packing and lowering the evaporation temperature. The compounds provided herein comprise at least one ligand with an alkyl and aryl substituent such that the substituent aryl is a twisted aryl. Thus, these compounds may provide lower evaporation temperature, improve device manufacturing and improve device operational lifetime.
[0120] Aryl groups substituted on 2-phenylpyridine may also increase the conjugation of the ligand thereby resulting in a red shifted emission. Such compounds having emission at longer wavelengths in the yellow part of the spectrum, such as 540 nm to 580 nm, may have limited use because there emission is limited to the yellow part of the spectrum. Therefore, compounds having emission at a different range, such as a blue shifted range, may be desirable. In particular, compounds with an emission in the target energy range of about 521 nm to about 540 nm may be particularly desirable. It is believed that compounds in which the substituent aryl ring is twisted by the addition of an alkyl group may have limited conjugation and demonstrate a blue shifted emission. In particular, the twisted aryl compounds provided herein may have emission energies that are blue shifted relative to the corresponding compounds containing untwisted aryl substituents. Therefore, these blue shifted compounds may be particularly preferable.
[0121] Compounds containing at least one ligand with a twisted aryl are provided. The effect of different twisted aryl substitution patterns on the emissive ligand was studied to establish a structure-property relationship for substituted Ir(2-phenylpyridine) type phosphorescent materials and devices containing such materials. Several aspects of material processibility, including evaporation temperature, evaporation stability, and solubility, as well as device characteristics of PHOLEDs using twisted phenyl containing compounds were studied. Strategically positioned substituents present on the compound may lead to the twisting of the substituent aryl ring. For example, substituents present on the aryl group (i.e., ring C) or on the pyridine ring adjacent to the twisted aryl (i.e., ring A) may induce the extra twisting of the aryl group. As a result, the compounds having a twisted aryl moiety may provide (i) reduced conjugation thereby minimizing the red-shifting effect that is usually associated with increased conjugation (i.e., the additional of a phenyl), (ii) reduced stacking thereby lowering evaporation temperatures and increasing long-term thermal stability and processability, and (iii) narrow emission thus resulting in high luminous efficiency (i.e., high LE:EQE). [0122] Compounds containing a twisted aryl and a limited number of substituents (e.g., a single substituent) may provide improved stability while maintaining the benefits of the twisted aryl, such as improved efficiency and manufacturing. Further, certain compounds provided herein may demonstrate particularly narrow emission thus providing devices having especially good luminous efficiency in addition to the other noted improvements. Therefore, the compounds provided herein may be particularly desirable.
[0123] Without being bound by theory, it is believed that compounds having only one substituent inducing the twist in the substituent aryl may be especially beneficial. In particular, compounds with a single substituent inducing the twist of the aryl substituent may be more stable than corresponding compounds containing multiple substituents. It is thought that compounds having a single substituent may have a smaller degree of twisting between the substituent aryl and the remainder of the ligand, and thus more conjugation, as compared to compounds with multiple substituents which may have a higher degree of twisting out of plane. Specifically, it is thought that compounds with a single methyl substituent may have improved stability compared to compounds having multiple methyl substituents. For example, Device Example 28 and Comparative Device Example 6 have the same device structure and composition except that Device Example 28 uses Compound 35 as the emitting dopant whereas Comparative Device Example 6 uses E4 as the emitting dopant. Compound 35 and E4 are both tris homoleptic compounds (i.e., IrL3) with a ligand which has a twisted aryl group attached to 5 position of 2-phenylpyridine. Their only difference is that in Compound 35, the aryl is a 2-methylphenyl group whereas in E4, the aryl is a 2,6- dimethy lpheny 1.
Figure imgf000045_0001
[0124] The extra methyl group in E4 makes the twisted aryl twist more than that in Compound 35. The result (Table 8) shows that the device with Compound 35 (Device Example 28, RT80%=200 h) is much more stable than the device with E4 (Comparative Device Example 6,
Figure imgf000046_0001
h). It is believed that a more conjugated ligand can lead to more stable emitting dopant. The conjugation in the series of E3, Compound 35 and E4 decreases as the number of methyl group increases from zero to one to two (i.e., increasing twist between pyridine and the C-ring). It is therefore reasonable to believe a device with E3 as the emitting dopant would be even more stable than a device with Compound 35 as the emitting dopant. However, the increase in conjugation also causes red shift in the emission of the corresponding Ir complexes. Table 7 shows that E3 (Comparative Device Example 5) has a λmax of 548 nm and CIE of (0.430, 0.560), whereas Compound 35 (Device Example 28) has a λmax of 532 nm and CIE of (0.368, 0.607) and E4 (Comparative Device Example 6) has a λmax of 520 nm and CIE of (0.320, 0.632). Therefore, although E3 may be more stable, but the emission is yellow which is not suitable for full color RGB display. Compound 35 has conjugation between E3 and E4, achieving much improved stability over E4 (little conjugation) and better green color over E3 (too much conjugation).
[0125] Compounds are provided, comprising a ligand L having an alkyl substituent and an aryl substituent such that the substituent aryl is twisted and having the structure:
Figure imgf000046_0002
Formula I.
[0126] B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to a metal M via a nitrogen atom in ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom in ring B. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings. Ra, Rb, and R0 may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. Ra, Rb, and R0 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Preferably, A is pyridine. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is methyl. The ligand L is coordinated to the metal M having an atomic number greater than 40. Preferably, the metal M is Ir.
[0127] Particular compounds are provided having the structure:
Figure imgf000047_0001
Formula II.
[0128] m is the oxidation state of the metal M. n is at least 1. L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen. Preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl. More preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl. Most preferably, only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is methyl. Preferably, A is pyridine.
[0129] Particular examples of compounds having Formula II are provided. The compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000048_0001
Compound 18 Compound 19 Compound 20
[0130] R is not hydrogen. Preferably, R is alkyl.
[0131] Specific examples of compounds having Formula II are provided. In one aspect, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0003
Compound 23 Compound 24
Figure imgf000048_0004
Compound 25 Compound 26 Compound 27
Figure imgf000049_0001
Compound 28 Compound 29
Figure imgf000049_0003
Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33
Figure imgf000049_0004
Compound 34 Compound 35 Compound 36
Figure imgf000049_0005
Compound 37 [0132] Preferably, the compound is selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 , Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 and Compound 34.
[0133] In one aspect, compounds are provided wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000050_0001
Formula and Formula IV
[0134] At least one of Ri, R2, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen. R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0135] As discussed above, the position of the twist inducing substituent adjacent to the substituent aryl ring (i.e., C ring) results in the twisting of the C ring out of plane thereby reducing packing and offering a wide range of tunability in terms of evaporation temperature, solubility, energy levels, device efficiency and narrowness of the emission spectrum. In addition, the substituents can be stable functional groups chemically as well as in device operation.
[0136] In one aspect, Ri and R2 are hydrogen and one OfR3 and R4 is alkyl. Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 21-24 and 29-34, 36 and 37. In another aspect, one of Ri and R2 is alkyl and R3 and R4 are hydrogen. Exemplary compounds may include Compounds 25-28 and 35.
[0137] In another aspect, the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000051_0001
Formula V and Formula Vl
[0138] The compounds having Formula II include homoleptic compounds and heteroleptic compounds. Non- limiting examples of homoleptic compound include Compounds 21-24 and 35. Non-limiting examples of heteroleptic compounds include Compounds 25-34, 36 and 37.
[0139] Particular heteroleptic compounds are provided where the compound has a ligand L' selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000051_0002
[0140] R'i, R'2 and R'3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0141] Twisted aryl containing compounds having an alkyl substituent present on the pyridine ring of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand also having the aryl substituent may be preferred. In particular, preferred compounds are provided wherein the compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 -Compound 23, Compound 29-Compound 31 , Compound 34, Compound 36 and Compound 37. Even more preferred compounds are Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 29-31, Compound 34, Compound 36 and Compound 37 which has the alkyl group at the 4-position of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand (i.e., para to the pyridine nitrogen). It is because such substitution can provide the twist and also a slight blue shifting effect to make the compound emit in a deeper green emission. For example, Device Example 13 has λmax of 525 nm and CIE of (0.342, 0.612) whereas Device Example 19 has λmax of 532 nm and CIE of (0.372, 0.599). Example 13 uses Compound 12 as the emitting dopant which has a methyl group at the 4-position of the 2-phenylpyridine ligand whereas Example 19 uses Compound 25 as the emitting dopant which has a methyl group at the 2-position of the twist phenyl. Although the twist induced structurally in both cases is believed to be similar, the methyl para to the pyridine nitrogen provides electron donating effect, raising the LUMO energy level of complex and also the triplet energy, resulting in a blue shift in emission.
[0142] An organic light emitting device is also provided. The device has an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above. Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; R, Ri, R2, and Ra substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
[0143] In one aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula II, as described above. Preferably, the metal M is Ir. Preferably, A is pyridine. In another aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula III or Formula IV, as described above. Devices containing a compound wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl may also be preferred. In another aspect, the device comprises a compound having Formula V or Formula VI, as described above. Certain devices are provided wherein the device contains a compound selected from the group consisting of Compound 21 - Compound 37. Preferably, the device contains Compound 21, Compound 22, Compound 25, Compound 29, Compound 30, Compound 31 or Compound 34.
[0144] In one aspect, devices are provided wherein the organic layer is an emissive layer and the compound having the formula of Formula I is an emitting dopant. Moreover, the organic layer may further comprise a host. Preferably, the host has the formula:
Figure imgf000053_0001
R'i, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5, and R'6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0145] A consumer product comprising a device is also provided. The device comprises an anode, a cathode, and an organic layer disposed between the anode and the cathode, where the organic layer comprises a compound having Formula I, as described above. Selections for the substituents described as preferred for the compounds having Formula I are also preferred for use in a consumer product containing a device that comprises a compound having Formula I. These selections include those described for the metal M; the formulas II- VI; R, Ri, R2, and RA substituents adjacent to C; the position of ring C; and rings A, B, and C.
[0146] Additionally, novel methods are provided for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds (illustrated in FIG. 9). A commonly used method of making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds involves heating a mixture of Ir(acac)3 with the ligand at reluxing glycerol (-180 0C) or without solvent at >230 0C. Such high temperature of reaction can cause problems such as thermal degradation of the ligand and the resulting complex. Therefore, it is highly desirable to provide a new method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds at lower temperatures. The methods, as described herein, can be used to make homoleptic Ir (III) compounds that may be advantageously used in OLEDs. In particular, a first method for making a homoleptic Ir (III) compound having is provided. The first method may be used to synthesize compounds having an alkyl group which is not adjacent to the nitrogen in the heteroleptic ring of the ligand. Compounds 21, 22, and 24, for example, may be synthesized using the first method provided. A second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds is also provided. The second method may be used to make compounds having an alkyl group which is adjacent to the nitrogen in the heterocyclic ring of the ligand. Compound 23, for example, may be synthesized using the second method provided. [0147] A first method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex is provided. The first method comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000054_0001
in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
Figure imgf000054_0002
to form
[0148] At least one of RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is not adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. Each of RA and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0149] Low boiling alcohols may include any alcohol which has a boiling temperature equal to or less than 108 0C. In one aspect, the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-ethoxyethanol. Preferably, the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of isopropanol which boils at 108 0C, ethanol which boils at 78 0C, and a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol which boils between 64 0C and 78 0C. More preferably, the low boiling alcohol is ethanol or a 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol. Most preferably, the low boiling alcohol is a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
[0150] Preferably, A is:
Figure imgf000055_0001
[0151] C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings. RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri1 R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
[0152] In one aspect, the first method comprises
reacting
Figure imgf000055_0002
with in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
Figure imgf000055_0003
to form
[0153] Specific compounds, including Compounds 21, 22, and 24, may be formed using this method.
[0154] A second method for making homoleptic Ir (III) compounds is provided. The second method comprises: reacting
Figure imgf000056_0001
with B in the absence of solvent
Figure imgf000056_0002
to form
[0155] At least one of RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring. S is a neutral ligand. X is a counterion. Preferably, X is triflate. A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B. Each of RA and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
[0156] Preferably, A is:
Figure imgf000056_0003
[0157] C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring. A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings. RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions. RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. X1, X2, X3, X4, Xs, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen. Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl. At least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
[0158] In one aspect, the second method comprises:
reacting
Figure imgf000057_0001
with in the absence of solvent
Figure imgf000057_0002
to form
[0159] Specific compounds, including Compound 23, may be formed using this method.
In particular, Compound 23 can be made using the synthetic method, as follows:
reacting
Figure imgf000057_0003
with in the absence solvent for 16 h at 130
0C
Figure imgf000058_0001
to form Compound 23
[0160] The materials described herein as useful for a particular layer in an organic light emitting device may be used in combination with a wide variety of other materials present in the device. For example, emissive dopants disclosed herein may be used in conjunction with a wide variety of hosts, transport layers, blocking layers, injection layers, electrodes and other layers that may be present. The materials described or referred to below are non-limiting examples of materials that may be useful in combination with the compounds disclosed herein, and one of skill in the art can readily consult the literature to identify other materials that may be useful in combination.
[0161] In addition to and / or in combination with the materials disclosed herein, many hole injection materials, hole transporting materials, host materials, dopant materials, exiton/hole blocking layer materials, electron transporting and electron injecting materials may be used in an OLED. Non- limiting examples of the materials that may be used in an OLED in combination with materials disclosed herein are listed in Table 1 below. Table 1 lists non- limiting classes of materials, non- limiting examples of compounds for each class, and references that disclose the materials.
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0002
EXPERIMENTAL
Compound Examples
[0162] Some heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes were synthesized as follows:
Example 1. Synthesis of Compound 1.
Figure imgf000070_0001
[0163] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-4-bromopyridine. A mixture was prepared of 2,4- dibromopyridine (10 g, 42.21 mmol), phenylboronic acid (5.1 g, 42.21 mmol), and potassium carbonate (11.7 g, 84.42 mmol) in 100 mL dimethoxyethane and 40 mL of water. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Next, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) was added (244 mg, 2.11 mmol) and the mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen overnight. The mixture was cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with 0, 2, and 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes. Obtained 4.28 g of a yellow liquid (43%).
Figure imgf000071_0001
[0164] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-4(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)pyridine. A mixture was prepared of 2-phenyl-4-bromopyridine (4.28 g, 18.28 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (9.29 g, 36.57 mmol), and potassium acetate (5.38 g, 54.84 mmol) in 100 mL of dioxane. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Dichloro[l,r-ferrocenylbis(diphenylphosphine)]palladium(II) dichloromethane (448 mg, 0.55 mmol) was added, and nitrogen bubbled for another 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 9O0C internally. After 1 h the reaction was complete, and the heat was shut off. The solvent was evaporated to an oil. The oil was purified by Kugelrohr at 2000C to remove excess bis(pinacolato)diboron. The residue left in the boiling pot was dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered through magnesium sulfate, rinsed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate was evaporated. Used as described in the next step. Yield was approximately 4 g of product.
Figure imgf000071_0002
[0165] Synthesis of PPY dimer. 14.7 g (0.04 mol) of iridium chloride and 26.0 g (0.17 mol) of 2-phenylpyridine was placed in a IL round bottomed flask. 300 ml of 2- ethocyethanol and 100 ml of water was added. The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere overnight. After having cooled to room temperature, the precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol. After drying, 22 g of dimer was obtained. (99% yield).
Figure imgf000072_0001
[0166] Synthesis of triflate. 22 g of dimer was dissolved in IL of dichloromethane. 10.5 g (0.04 mol) of silver triflate was added to the solution. 25 ml of methanol was then added. The solution was stirred for 5 h. The silver chloride was filtered off. The solvent was evaporated. 26 g of product was obtained. The solid was used for next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000072_0002
[0167] Synthesis of boronic ester precursor. A mixture was prepared of the triflate (4.6 g, 7.11 mmol) and 2-phenyl-4(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)pyridine (~4 g, -14.23 mmol) in 100 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 6 h under nitrogen. The solvent was evaporated and hexanes was added. A sold was filtered off which was washed with hexanes. The solid was purified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane and later some methanol was added. Obtained 0.92 g of an orange solid (approximately 17%).
Figure imgf000072_0003
Compound 1 [0168] Synthesis of Compound 1. Mixed the boronic ester precursor (0.92 g, 1.18 mmol), bromobenzene (0.6 g, 3.54 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (19 mg, 0.047 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.82 g, 3.54 mmol) in 50 mL of tolune and 5 mL of water. Bubbled nitrogen directly into the mixture for 30 minutes after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (11 mg, 0.0118 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled for another 5 minutes then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1 h under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled and an orange solid precipitated out. The solid was filtered off and washed with hexanes followed by methanol. Some solid was seen in filtrate so the filtrate was evaporated and methanol was added. More orange solid was filtered off. All the solid was purified by column chromatography eluting with 50% dichloromethane/hexanes. The solid was sublimed at 28O0C. Obtained 0.53 g (62%).
Example 2. Synthesis of Compound 2.
[0169] The following synthesis could be used to make Compound 2.
Figure imgf000073_0001
[0170] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-5-bromopyridine. A mixture is prepared of 2,5- dibromopyridine (10 g, 42.21 mmol), phenylboronic acid (5.1 g, 42.21 mmol), and potassium carbonate (11.7 g, 84.42 mmol) in 100 mL dimethoxyethane and 40 mL of water. Nitrogen is bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Next, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) was added (244 mg, 2.11 mmol) and the mixture is heated to reflux under nitrogen overnight. The mixture is cooled and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The layers are separated and the aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to a residue. The residue is purified by column chromatography eluting with 0, 2, and 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes.
Figure imgf000074_0001
[0171] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine.
A mixture is prepared of 2-phenyl-4-bromopyridine (4.28 g, 18.28 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (9.29 g, 36.57 mmol), and potassium acetate (5.38 g, 54.84 mmol) in 100 mL of dioxane. Nitrogen is bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Dichloro[l,r-ferrocenylbis(diphenylphosphine)]palladium(II) dichloromethane (448 mg, 0.55 mmol) is added. The reaction mixture is heated to 9O0C internally for 3 h. The solvent is evaporated to an oil. The oil was purified by Kugelrohr to remove excess bis(pinacolato)diboron. The residue left in the boiling pot is dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered through magnesium sulfate, rinsed with ethyl acetate, and the filtrate is evaporated. The product can be used without purification in the next step.
Figure imgf000074_0002
Ethanol
Figure imgf000074_0004
Figure imgf000074_0003
[0172] Synthesis of boronic ester precursor. A mixture is prepared of the triflate (4.6 g, 7.11 mmol) and 2-phenyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2yl)pyridine (~4 g, -14.23 mmol) in 100 mL of ethanol. The mixture is heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. The solvent is evaporated and hexanes is added. A sold is filtered off which is washed with hexanes. The solid is purified by column chromatography eluting with dichloromethane and later some methanol is added.
Figure imgf000075_0001
Compound 2
[0173] Synthesis of Compound 2. The boronic ester precursor (0.92 g, 1.18 mmol), bromobenzene (0.6 g, 3.54 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (19 mg, 0.047 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.82 g, 3.54 mmol) are mixed in 50 mL of tolune and 5 mL of water. Nitrogen is bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (11 mg, 0.0118 mmol) is added. Nitrogen is bubbled for another 5 minutes then the reaction mixture is heated to reflux for 1 h under nitrogen. The mixture is cooled and an orange solid formed. The solid is filtered off and washed with hexanes followed by methanol. The solid is purified by column chromatography eluting with 50% dichloromethane/hexanes.
Example 3. Synthesis of Compound 3.
Figure imgf000075_0002
[0174] Irppy intermediate (0.70 g, 0.90 mmol), 2-bromopyrimidine ( 0.71 g, 4.5 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) [Pd2(dba)3] (0.01 g, 1 mol%), tricyclohexylphosphine (0.05 g, 0.18 mmol) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K3PO4) (0.7 g, 3.3 mmol) were weighed into a 10OmL 3 -neck round bottom flask. 40 mL toluene and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The solution was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling, the product was filtered, dissolved in methylene chloride and chromatographed using silica gel with methylene chloride : hexanes (50:50) as the mobile phase. The solvent was removed using the rotary evaporator and the product dried under vacuum to give 0.6 g of product (90% yield).
Example 4. Synthesis of Compound 4.
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0175] Irppy intermediate (1.0 g, 1.3 mmol), 2-bromopyridine (1.01 g, 6.4 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) [Pd2(dba)3] (0.05 g, 1 mol%), tricyclohexylphosphine (0.08 g, 5 mol %) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K3PO4) (4.0 g, 19.0 mmol) were weighed into a 10OmL 3 -neck round bottom flask. 50 mL dioxane and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The solution was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling, the product was filtered, dissolved in methylene chloride and chromatographed using silica gel with methylene chloride : hexanes (50:50) as the mobile phase. The solvent was removed using the rotary evaporator and the product dried under vacuum to give 0.8 g of product (86% yield).
Example 5. Synthesis of Compound 5.
Figure imgf000076_0002
[0176] Irppy intermediate (1.50 g, 1.90 mmol), 3-bromothiophene (1.61 g, 9.6 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) [Pd2(dba)3] (0.02 g, 1 mol%), tricyclohexylphosphine (0.04 g, 4 mol%) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K3PO4) (1.2 g, 5.6 mmol) were weighed into a 25OmL 3 -neck round bottom flask. 100 mL toluene and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The solution was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling, the product was filtered, dissolved in methylene chloride and chromatographed using silica gel with methylene chloride : hexanes (50:50) as the mobile phase. The solvent was removed using the rotary evaporator and the product dried under vacuum to give 1.0 g of product (74% yield).
Example 6. Synthesis of Compound 6.
Figure imgf000077_0001
[0177] Irppy intermediate (1.50 g, 1.90 mmol), 3-bromothianaphthene ( 2.0 g, 9.6 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) [Pd2(dba)3] (0.08 g, 1 mol%), tricyclohexylphosphine (0.2 g, 0.5 mmol) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K3PO4) (1.2 g, 5.6 mmol) were weighed into a 25OmL 3 -neck round bottom flask. 100 mL toluene and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The solution was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling, the product was filtered, dissolved in methylene chloride and chromatographed using silica gel with methylene chloride : hexanes (50:50) as the mobile phase. The solvent was removed using the rotary evaporator and the product dried under vacuum to give 1.2 g of product (80% yield).
Example 7. Synthesis of Compound 7.
Figure imgf000077_0002
[0178] Synthesis of 2-(3-bromophenyl)pyridine. 2-bromopyridine (75.0 g, 475 mmol), 3- bromophenylboronic acid (104.8 g, 520 mmol), palladium acetate(2.6 g, 2.5 mol%), triphenylphosphine (5.37 g, 5 mol%) and potassium carbonate( 196.0 g, 1425 mmol) was placed in a 2L 3 -neck round bottom flask. 50OmL of dimethoxy ethane and 50OmL OfH2O was added to the flask. Nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 30 minutes and then the solution was refluxed for 8 h in an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction was then allowed to cool to room temperature and the organic phase was separated from the aqueous phase. The aqueous phase was washed with ethylacetate and the organic fractions were combined and dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The product was chromatographed using silica gel with ethylacetate and hexanes as the eluent. The solvent was removed to give 84.Og of a clear oil (76% yield ).
Figure imgf000078_0001
[0179] Synthesis of 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)pyridine.
2-(3-bromophenyl)pyridine (25.0 g, 107 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (54.2 g, 214 mmol), Pd(dppf)2Cl2 (1.0 g, 10 mol%), and potassium acetate (31.5 g, 321 mmol) were placed in IL round bottom flask. 60OmL of dioxane was then added to the flask. Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 1 h and then the flask was heated to 900C for 12 h in an atmosphere of nitrogen. The dioxane was removed under reduced pressure by a rotary evaporator. The dark solid was dissolved in 40OmL of dichloromethane and passed through a 2 inch thick silica gel plug. The dichloromethane was removed under reduced pressure by a rotary evaporator to leave a yellow oil. The product was then distilled using a Kuglerohr apparatus to give 23 g of a white solid (77% yield).
Figure imgf000078_0002
[0180] Synthesis of Irppy intermediate. Irppy triflate (17.5 g, 25 mmol) and 3 molar equivalent 2-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)pyridine (21.50 g, 117 mmol) was placed in a 2L 3 neck round bottomed flask. 60OmL of alcohol was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The reaction mixture was then refluxed (internal temp of the reaction mixture was 78 degrees) for overnight. After about 18 h the product had already precipitated from the hot reaction mixture. After cooling to room temperature 20OmL isopropanol was added to precipitate any more product from the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then filtered and the product/residue was washed with isopropanol (to remove excess ligand) and then air dried to give 12 g of product (60%yield).
Figure imgf000079_0001
[0181] Synthesis of Compound 7. Irppy intermediate (0.50 g, 0.64 mmol), bromobenzene ( 0.5 g, 3.2 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(O) [Pd2(dba)3] (0.006 g, 0.0064 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.10 g, 0.025 mmol) and potassium phosphate tribasic (K3PO4) (0.4 g, 1.92 mmol) were weighed into a 10OmL 3neck round bottom flask. 40 mL toluene and 10 mL water were added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen directly in the mixture for an hour. The solution was heated to reflux for 2 h. After cooling, the product was filtered, dissolved in methylene chloride and chromatographed using silica gel with methylene chloride : hexanes (50:50) as the mobile phase. The solvent was removed using the rotary evaporator and the product dried under vacuum to give 0.5 g of product (95% yield).
Example 8. Synthesis of Compound 2.
[0182] This following alternate synthesis was used to make Compound 2.
Figure imgf000079_0002
water [0183] Synthesis of 2, 5-diphenylpyridine. 2,5-dibromopyridine (10 g, 42 mmol), phenylboronic acid (13.4 g, 110 mmol), dicyclohexyl(2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl-2- yl)phosphine (S-Phos) (0.7g, 1.6 mmol), and potassium phosphate (22 g, 105 mmol) were mixed in 200 mL of toluene and 20 mL of water. Nitrogen is bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 minutes. Next, Pd2(dba)3 was added (0.38 g, 0.4 mmol) and the mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen for 2 h. The mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated. The organic layers are washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to a residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 7 g of desired product was obtained after purification. (91.8% yield)
Figure imgf000080_0001
Ethanol
Figure imgf000080_0003
Figure imgf000080_0002
Compound 2 (91 8%) (3 1 %) (4 9%)
[0184] Synthesis of Compound 2. The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 3.5 mmol) and 2, 5-diphenylpyridine (2.4 g, 11 mmol) were mixed in 200 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.2 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.8%)
Example 9. Alternate synthesis of Compound 7.
[0185] The following alternate synthesis was used to make Compound 2.
Figure imgf000081_0001
[0186] The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 3.5 mmol) and 2-(biphenyl-3-yl)pyridine (2.4 g, 11 mmol) were mixed in 200 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.5 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.6%)
Example 10. Synthesis of Compound 8.
Figure imgf000081_0002
Ethanol
Figure imgf000081_0003
Figure imgf000081_0004
[0187] The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 3.5 mmol) and 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)pyridine (2.4 g, 11 mmol) were mixed in 100 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.2 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.8%)
Example 11. Synthesis of Compound 9.
Figure imgf000082_0001
Ethanol
Figure imgf000082_0002
Figure imgf000082_0003
[0188] The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 3.5 mmol) and 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4- methylpyridine (2.6 g, 11 mmol) were mixed in 100 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.3 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.9%)
Example 12. Synthesis of Compound 10.
Figure imgf000082_0004
Ethanol
Figure imgf000082_0005
Figure imgf000082_0006
[0189] The iridium triflate precursor (2.0 g, 2.7 mmol) and 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4- methylpyridine (2.0 g, 8.2 mmol) were mixed in 60 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.6 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.4%)
Example 13. Synthesis of Compound 11.
Figure imgf000083_0001
Ethanol
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000083_0003
Compound 11
[0190] The iridium triflate precursor (1.2 g, 1.6 mmol) and 2,5-diphenylpyridine (1.2 g, 4.8 mmol) were mixed in 50 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.0 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.3%)
[0191] The reaction of the iridium triflate intermediate with the second ligand in an organic solvent, as shown for Compound 11, often produces a mixture because of the ligand scrambling during the reaction. Interestingly, during the synthesis of Compound 11 , no significant scrambling occurred.
[0192] However, the synthesis of Compound 7 using this method resulted in significant scrambling despite the structural similarity between Compounds 11 and 7 (i.e., Compound 7 is identical to Compound 7 except for a methyl group on the phenyl pyridine ligand). In particular, the iridium triflate intermediate was reacted with 2,5-diphenylpyridine in ethanol under reflux condition. The product was a mixture of Compound 7 and other two scrambled products as shown below. Due to the similarity of polarity of the compounds, it is very difficult to separate these impurities from Compound 7 using normal phase silica gel chromatography.
Figure imgf000084_0001
Ethanol
Figure imgf000084_0002
Figure imgf000084_0003
Example 14. Synthesis of Compound 12.
Figure imgf000084_0004
Ethanol
Figure imgf000084_0005
Figure imgf000084_0006
Compound 12
[0193] The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 3.5 mmol) and 4-methyl-2,5-diphenylpyridine (2.6 g, 10.5 mmol) were mixed in 100 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 1.2 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.9%)
Example 15. Synthesis of Compound 13.
Figure imgf000085_0001
Ethanol
Figure imgf000085_0002
Figure imgf000085_0003
Compound 13
[0194] The iridium triflate precursor (2.5 g, 2.7 mmol) and 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)-6- methylpyridine (2.0 g, 8.1 mmol) were put into a 20 mL reaction tube. The reaction tube was evacuated and then refilled with nitrogen. The process was repeated three times. The mixture was heated at 130 0C for 24 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 :1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 0.98 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.8%)
Example 16. Synthesis of Compound 14.
Figure imgf000085_0004
Ethanol
Figure imgf000085_0005
Figure imgf000085_0006
Compound 14
[0195] The iridium triflate precursor (0.86 g, 1.15 mmol) and 4-methyl-2,5- diphenylpyridine (0.85 g, 3.46 mmol) were mixed in 30 mL of ethanol. The mixture was heated at reflux for 24 h under nitrogen. Precipitate formed during reflux. The reaction mixture was filtered through a celite bed. The product was washed with methanol and hexanes. The solid was dissolved in dichloromethane and purified by column using 1 : 1 of dichloromethane and hexanes. 0.7 g of pure product was obtained after the column purification. ( HPLC purity: 99.5%) [0196] The reaction of the iridium triflate intermediate with the second ligand in an organic solvent, as shown for Compound 11, often produces a mixture of products because of ligand scrambling during the reaction. Interestingly, during the synthesis of Compounds 10, 11, and 14, no significant scrambling occurred. The content of the desired product in the precipitate was higher than 99% in all cases.
[0197] In particular, the synthesis of Compound 7 using this method resulted in significant scrambling despite the structural similarity between Compounds 11 and 7 (i.e., Compound 7 is identical to Compound 7 except for a methyl group on the phenyl pyridine ligand). In particular, the iridium triflate intermediate was reacted with 2,5-diphenylpyridine in ethanol under reflux condition. The product was a mixture of Compound 7 and other two scrambled products as shown below. Due to the similarity of polarity of the compounds, it is very difficult to separate these impurities from Compound 7 using normal phase silica gel chromatography.
Example 17. Synthesis of Compound 21
Figure imgf000086_0001
[0198] Synthesis of 2,5-diphenyl-4-methylpyridine. Phenylboronic acid (72.9 g, 598 mmol), 2,5-dibromo-4-methypyridine (50 g, 199 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'- dimethoxybiphenyl (3.3 g, 8 mmol), potassium phosphate tribasic monohydrate (137 g, 595 mmol), 650 mL of toluene and 150 mL of water were placed in a 2 L round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the reaction mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (1.79 g, 1.96 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for another 15 min before the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. After the reaction was completed the mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed with a saturated brine solution and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give a yellow solid as the crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. The product was further purified by recrystallization from hexanes. 42.6 g of desired product was obtained after purification (87.2% yield).
Figure imgf000087_0001
[0199] Synthesis of Ir dimer. IrCl3-3H2O (7.54 g, 20.4 mol) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- methylpyridine (15.0 g, 61 mol) were placed in a 1 L round bottomed flask. 100 mL of 2- ethoxyethanol and 35 mL of water were then added. The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol followed by hexanes. 13.6 g of the iridium dimer was obtained (99% yield).
Figure imgf000087_0002
[0200] Synthesis of Ir triflate. 13.3 g of the iridium dimer was dissolved in 1.5 L of dichloromethane. Silver triflate (5.11 g, 19.9 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL of isopropanol and added to the iridium dimer solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. The solution was then poured through a celite plug to remove silver chloride and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give 17.0 g of the iridium triflate. The solid was used for the next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000088_0001
[0201] Synthesis of Compound 21. The iridium triflate (17.0 g, 17.9 mmol) and a 3 molar equivalent of 2,5-diphenyl-4-methylpyridine (13.1 g, 53.7 mmol) were placed in a 1 L round bottom flask. 150 mL of ethanol was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 50 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The product was then eluted through a silica gel plug with dichloromethane. Most of the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum and the product was precipitated with 2-propanol and filtered, washed with hexanes and dried to give 9.69 g product (90.6% yield).
Example 18. Synthesis of Compound 22
Figure imgf000088_0002
[0202] Synthesis of 2-amino-4-ethyl-5-iodopyridine. 4-ethyl-2-aminopyridine (10.0 g, 81.9 mmol) and potassium acetate (8.00 g, 81.9 mmol) were dissolved in 100 mL of acetic acid and heated to 80 0C with continuous stirring. In a separate flask, iodomonochloride (13.2 g, 81.9 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of acetic acid and added to the above reaction mixture drop wise. Once the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was heated for an additional 4 h. Progress of the reaction was monitored by gas chromatography and HPLC. When the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with an aqueous solution of saturated sodium bisulfite (10 mL). Acetic acid was removed under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 25% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 15 g of desired product was obtained (74% yield).
Figure imgf000089_0001
[0203] Synthesis of 2-chloro-4-ethyl-5-iodopyridine. 4-ethyl-5-iodopyridin-2-amine (15.0 g, 60.48 mmol) was dissloved in 140 mL cone. HCl. NaNO2 was dissolved in 40 mL of water and added drop wise to the above solution at 0 0C. Care was taken to prevent the temperature of the reaction mixture from rising above 0 0C. When all of the NaNO2 solution was added, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and was stirred for a further 2 h at room temperature. Progress of the reaction was monitored by GC and HPLC. The reaction mixture was then re-cooled to 0 0C and the pH was adjusted to pH=12 by the addition of sat. NaOH. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 200 mL) and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 8.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (49% yield).
Figure imgf000089_0002
[0204] Synthesis of 2,5-diphenyl-4-ethylpyridine. Phenylboronic acid (11.0 g, 90 mmol), 2-chloro-4-ethyl-5-iodopyridine (8.00 g, 30 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'- dimethoxybiphenyl (492 mg, 1.2 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (20.7 g, 90 mmol), 250 mL of toluene and 25 mL of water were placed in a 1 L round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (275 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled for another 15 min, then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. After the reaction was completed the mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was filtered and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give a off-white solid. This crude was purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with 10% ethyl acetate/hexanes. 7.O g of desired product was obtained after purification (90.9% yield).
Figure imgf000090_0001
[0205] Synthesis of Ir dimer. IrCl3-3H2O (1.5 g, 4.41 mmol) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- ethylpyridine (4.0 g , 15.44 mmol) was placed in a 250 mL round bottomed flask. 30 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol and 10 mL of water was added. The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature and the precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol followed by hexanes. After drying, 2.57 g of the iridium dimer was obtained (81% yield).
Figure imgf000090_0002
[0206] Synthesis of Ir triflate. The iridium dimer (2.57 g, 1.725 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of dichloromethane. Silver triflate (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of 2- propanol and added to the dimer solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 h. The solution was then poured through a celite plug to remove silver chloride. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give 3.2 g of the iridium triflate. The solid was used for next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000091_0001
Compound 22
[0207] Synthesis of Compound 22. The iridium Inflate (3.2 g) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- ethylpyridine (3.2 g) were placed in a 250 rnL round bottom flask. 50 mL of ethanol was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. Most of the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum and the product was precipitated with 2-propanol and filtered, washed with hexanes and dried to give 1.67 g of product (52.8% yield).
Example 19. Synthesis of Compound 23
Figure imgf000091_0002
[0208] Synthesis of 2,5-diphenyl-6-methylpyridine. Phenylboronic acid (24.3 g, 199.25 mmol), 2,5-dibromo-6-methypyridine (10 g, 39.85 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'- dimethoxybiphenyl (654 mg, 1.5 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (27.5 g, 119.5 mmol), 300 mL of toluene and 30 mL of water were placed in a IL round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (364 mg, 0.398 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled for another 15 min then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with a saturated brine solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 10% -20% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 9.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (92.7% yield)
Figure imgf000092_0001
[0209] Synthesis of Ir dimer. IrCl3-3H2O (1.6 g, 4.66 mmol) and 2,5-diphenyl-6- methylpyridine (4.0 g, 16.31mmol) was placed in a 250 mL round bottomed flask. 45 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol and 15 mL of water were added. The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol followed by hexanes. After drying, 2.75 g of dimer was obtained (84.6% yield).
Figure imgf000092_0002
[0210] Synthesis of Ir triflate. The iridium dimer (2.75 g, 2.2 mmol) was dissolved in 200 mL of dichloromethane. Silver triflate (1.19 g, 4.6 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of methanol and added to the iridium dimer solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 h. The solution was then passed through a celite plug to remove silver chloride. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give 3.5 g of the iridium triflate. The solid was used for next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000093_0001
Compound 23
[0211] Synthesis of Compound 23. The iridium triflate (3.0 g) and 2,5-diphenyl-6- methylpyridine (3.0 g) was placed in a 100 mL round bottom flask. The solid mixture was heated to 1300C for 16 h. After cooling the reaction mixture was dissolved in 200 mL of dichloromethane. The solution was then passed through a 2 inch silica gel plug. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was chromatographed using silica gel with dichloromethane as the mobile phase. Most of the solvent was evaporated and the product was precipitated with 2-propanol and filtered, washed with hexanes and then dried to give 2.65 g of product (71% yield).
Example 20. Synthesis of Compound 24
Figure imgf000093_0002
[0212] Synthesis of 2,5-(rø-tolyl)-4-methylpyridine. m-tolylboronic ester (17.9 g, 132 mmol), 2,5-dibromo-4-methypyridine (11.0 g, 44.0 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'- dimethoxybiphenyl (726 mg, 1.77 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic monohydrate (30 g, 130 mmol), 143 mL of toluene and 33 mL of water were placed in a 50OmL round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (394 mg, 43 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled for another 15 min then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed with a saturated brine solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solution was filtered and the solvent removed under vacuum to give an off white product. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 11.2 g of desired product was obtained after purification. (93.3% yield)
Figure imgf000094_0001
[0213] Synthesis of Ir dimer. IrCl3-3H2O (1.8 g, 4.86 mmol) and 2,5-ditolyl-4- methylpyridine (4.0 g, 14.6 mmol) was placed in a 100 mL round bottomed flask. 24 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol and 8 mL of water were added. The mixture was refluxed under nitrogen atmosphere for 16h. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature. The precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol followed by hexanes. After drying, 3.0 g of the iridium dimer was obtained (79.6% yield).
Figure imgf000094_0002
[0214] Synthesis of Ir triflate. 3.0 g of the iridium dimer was dissolved in 380 mL of dichloromethane. Silver triflate (l.Og, 4.08 mmol) was dissolved in 2OmL of isopropanol and added to the iridium dimer solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 h. The solution was then poured through a celite plug to remove silver chloride. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum to give 2.7 g of the iridium triflate. The solid was used for next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000095_0001
Compound 24
[0215] Synthesis of Compound 24. The iridium Inflate (2.7 g, 2.95 mmol) and (3.6 g, 13.2 mmol) of 2,5-ditolyl-4-methylpyridine was placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. 100 mL of ethanol was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 50 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. Most of the dichloromethane was removed under vacuum and the product was precipitated with 2- propanol and filtered, washed with hexanes and dried to give 2.4 g of product (80.6% yield).
Example 21. Synthesis of Compound 25
Figure imgf000095_0002
[0216] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-5-(rø-tolyl)pyridine. 2-methylphenyl boronic acid (5.1 g, 37.59 mmol), 2-phenyl-5-bromopyridine (8.0 g, 34.17 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (561 mg, 1.366 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (23.50 g, 102.51 mmol), 250 mL of toluene and 25 mL of water were placed in a IL round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (312 mg, 0.341 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was then bubbled for another 15 minutes and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give an off-white solid as the crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 6.5 g of desired product was obtained after purification (78% yield).
Figure imgf000096_0001
[0217] Synthesis of Compound 25. The iridium triflate (from the synthesis of compound 1) (3.25 g) and 2-phenyl-5-tolylpyridine (3.2 g) were placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (100 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 0.53 g of desired product was obtained after purification (15.6 % yield).
Example 22. Synthesis of Compound 26
Figure imgf000097_0001
Compound 26
[0218] Synthesis of Compound 26. The iridium Inflate (3.25 g) and 2-phenyl-5- tolylpyridine (3.2 g) were placed in a 250 rnL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (100 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as the desired compound. The compound was further purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 :1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 3.38 g of desired product was obtained after purification (100% yield).
Example 23. Synthesis of Compound 27
Figure imgf000097_0002
[0219] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-4-chloropyridine. 2,4-dichloropyridine (10 g, 67.57 mmol), phenylboronic acid (9.0 g, 74.32 mmol), and potassium carbonate (28 g, 202.70 mmol), 300 mL dimethoxy ethane and 30 mL of water was placed in a IL round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (780 mg, 0.675 mmol) was added and nitrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for a another 15 min. The reaction mixture was then heated to reflux under nitrogen for 16 h. The reaction was then allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and washed with a saturated brine solution. The organic layer was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give an off-white solid as crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 8.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (54% yield). 11.5 g of desired product was obtained after purification (89.77% yield).
Figure imgf000098_0001
[0220] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-4-(rø-tolyl)pyridine. 2-methylphenyl boronic acid (6.3 g, 46.40 mmol), 2-phenyl-4-chloropyridine (8.0 g, 42.18 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (692 mg, 1.68 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (29.10 g, 126.54 mmol) 250 mL of toluene and 25 mL of water were placed in a 500 mL round-bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (386 mg, 0.421 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was then bubbled for another 15 minutes then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layer was washed with a saturated brine solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give an off-white solid as the crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 2% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 8.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (77.4% yield).
Figure imgf000098_0002
Compound 27 [0221] Synthesis of Compound 27. The iridium Inflate (4.0 g) and 2-phenyl-4-o- tolylpyridine (4.0 g) were placed in a 250 rnL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (100 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 2.0 g of desired product was obtained after purification (48% yield).
Example 24. Synthesis of Compound 28
Figure imgf000099_0001
Compound 28
[0222] Synthesis of Compound 28. The iridium Inflate (4.0 g) and 2-phenyl-4-o- tolylpyridine (4.0 g) was placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (100 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as the desired compound. The compound was further purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 3.6 g of desired product was obtained after purification (86.6% yield). Example 25. Synthesis of Compound 29
Figure imgf000100_0001
Compound 29
[0223] Synthesis of Compound 29. The iridium Inflate (4.0 g, 4.62 mmol) and (2.15 g, 13.87 mmol) of 2-phenylpyridine were placed in a 100 mL round-bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (60 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 50 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.1 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.6% yield).
Example 26. Synthesis of Compound 30
Figure imgf000100_0002
Compound 30
[0224] Synthesis of Compound 30. The iridium triflate (3.2 g) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- ethylpyridine (3.2 g) was placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. 50 mL of ethanol was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 50 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.22 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.6% yield).
Example 27. Synthesis of Compound 31
Figure imgf000101_0001
[0225] Synthesis of 2-phenyl-5-methylpyridine. 2-bromo-5-methylpyridine (11.25 g, 65.39 mmol), phenylboronic acid (9.5 g, 78.47 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2', 6'- dimethoxybiphenyl (1.0 g, 2.61 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (45 g, 196.17 mmol), 250 mL of toluene and 25 mL of water were placed in a 500 mL round -bottom flask. Nitrogen was bubbled directly into the mixture for 30 min after which tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (598 mg, 0.653 mmol) was added. Nitrogen was bubbled for another 15 min then the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was cooled and the organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer. The organic layers are washed with saturated brine solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent removed under vacuum to give an off- white solid as the crude. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 5%-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes as the mobile phase. 10.11 g of desired product was obtained after purification (92% yield).
Figure imgf000101_0002
[0226] Synthesis of Ir dimer. 2-phenyl-5-methylpyridine (10.11 g, 59.8 mmol) and IrCIs-SH2O (6.0 g, 17 mmol) were dissolved in 90 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol and 30 mL of water in a 250 mL round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was refluxed under nitrogen for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature and the precipitate was filtered and washed with methanol followed by hexanes. The iridium dimer was then dried under vacuum and used for the next step without further purification. 8.75 g of the dimer was obtained after vacuum drying (91.0% yield).
Figure imgf000102_0001
[0227] Synthesis of Ir triflate. The iridium dimer (8.74 g, 7.75 mmol) was dissolved in 1.0 L of dichloromethane. Silver triflate (4.18 g, 16.27 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL of methanol and added to the iridium dimer solution. The resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h. The solution was then passed through a celite plug to remove silver chloride and the solvent was evaporated to give 4.0 g of iridium triflate. The solid was used for next step without further purification.
Figure imgf000102_0002
Compound 31
[0228] Synthesis of Compound 31. The iridium triflate (4.0 g) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- methylpyridine (4.0 g) were placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (80 niL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 3.75 g of desired product was obtained after purification (90% yield).
Example 28. Synthesis of Compound 32
Figure imgf000103_0001
Compound 32
[0229] Synthesis of Compound 32. The iridium Inflate (2.6 g, 3.66 mmol) and 2,5- ditolyl-4-methylpyridine (3.0 g, 11 mmol) were placed in a 100 mL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (50 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 0.9 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.8% yield).
Example 29. Synthesis of Compound 33
Figure imgf000104_0001
Compound 33
[0230] Synthesis of Compound 33. The iridium triflate (2.8 g) and 2-phenylpyridine (2.8 g) were placed in a 250 rnL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (80 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as the desired compound. The compound was further purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 2.3 g of desired product was obtained after purification (73.2% yield).
Example 30. Synthesis of Compound 34
Figure imgf000104_0002
[0231] Synthesis of Compound 34. The iridium triflate (3.5 g) and 2-phenyl-5- methylpyridine (3.5 g) were placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. A 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol (80 niL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 100 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the crude product as a mixture of compounds. The desired compound was separated and isolated by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.25 g of desired product was obtained after purification (31.4% yield).
Example 31. Synthesis of Compound 35
Figure imgf000105_0001
Compound 35
[0232] Synthesis of Compound 35. 2-phenyl-5-o-tolylpyridine (8.8 g, 35.9 mmol, 6 eq) and Iridium tris acetylacetonate (2.93 g, 5.98 mmol, 1 eq) were placed in a 50 mL round- bottom flask. The flask was purged with nitrogen for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was then heated to 230 0C in a sand bath for 48 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and 100 mL of dichloromethane was added. The mixtures was filtered through a silica gel plug. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude was purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 0.4 g of desired product was obtained after purification (7.2% yield).
Example 32. Synthesis of Compound 36
Figure imgf000106_0001
Compound 36
[0233] Synthesis of Compound 36. The iridium triflate and 3 molar equivalent of 2- phenylpyridine can be dissolved in a 50:50 mixture of methanol and ethanol and the mixture refluxed for 16 h. The mixture can be purified using a method similar to that described in Example 30.
Example 33. Synthesis of Compound 37
Figure imgf000106_0002
Compound 37
[0234] Synthesis of Compound 37. The iridium triflate (2.45 g) and 2,5-diphenyl-4- ethylpyridine (2.58 g) was placed in a 250 mL round bottom flask. 50 mL of ethanol was added and the mixture was refluxed for 16 h. Celite was added to the cooled solution and the mixture was poured onto a 2 inch bed of silica gel. The silica bed was then washed twice with ethanol (2 x 50 mL), followed by hexanes (2 x 50 mL). The product was then eluted through the silica plug with dichloromethane. The dichloromethane was removed under vacuum to give the desired compound. The compound was further purified by column chromatography using silica gel as the stationary phase and 1 : 1 dichloromethane/ hexanes as the mobile phase. 1.25 g of desired product was obtained after purification (48% yield).
Device Examples [0235] All device examples were fabricated by high vacuum (<10 Λ-~7 Torr) thermal evaporation. The anode electrode is 1200 A of indium tin oxide (ITO). The cathode consisted of IOA of LiF followed by IOOOA of Al. All devices were encapsulated with a glass lid sealed with an epoxy resin in a nitrogen glove box (<1 ppm OfH2O and O2) immediately after fabrication, and a moisture getter was incorporated inside the package.
[0236] The organic stack of the Device Examples 1 and 2 in Table 2, consisted of sequentially, from the ITO surface, IOOA of El as the hole injection layer (HIL), 3OθA of 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (α-NPD) as the hole transporting later (HTL), 300A of Hl doped with 7% or 10% of Compound 1 as the emissive layer (EML), 5θA of Hl as the blocking layer, and 4OθA OfAIq3 (tris-8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum) as the ETL. The device structure of the Device Examples is also summarized in FIG. 3.
[0237] Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except that El was used as the emissive dopant.
[0238] The device structures and data are summarized in Table 2 and Table 3. Table 2 shows device structure, and Table 3 shows the corresponding measured results for those devices. As used herein, El, Hl and NPD, have the following structures:
Figure imgf000107_0001
TABLE 2.
Figure imgf000108_0001
TABLE 3.
Figure imgf000108_0002
[0239] From the Device Examples in Table 3, it can be seen that devices containing the inventive compound may have particularly good properties. Specifically, devices having an emissive layer containing Compound 1 as the emissive dopant. These devices demonstrate that Compound 1 may be beneficial to device stability. In particular, Comparative Example 1 and Device Example 1 have RT8o% (defined as the time taken for the initial luminance, L0, to drop to 80% of its initial luminance) of 760 and 900 h, respectively. Comparative Example 2 and Device Example 2 have RTgo% of 1130 and 1400 h, respectively. These results indicate that extended conjugation of heteroleptic Ir (III) complexes may be beneficial to device stability. [0240] Low evaporation temperature is desirable for OLED manufacturing. Prolonged heating of the materials is required during OLED manufacturing, so materials having a low evaporation temperature have less thermal stress typically resulting in cleaner evaporations. The extended conjugation achieved by adding a phenyl to the heteroatomic ring of Compound 1 results in a low sublimation temperature. Therefore, devices with Compound 1 may have improved manufacturing.
[0241] The organic stack of the Device Examples 3-12 in Table 4, consisted of sequentially, from the ITO surface, IOOA of El as the hole injection layer (HIL), 3OθA of 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (α-NPD) as the hole transporting later (HTL), 3OθA of Hl or H2 doped with 7%, 10% or 15% of an invention compound as the emissive layer (EML), 5θA of Hl or H2 as the blocking layer, and 4OθA OfAIq3 (tris-8- hydroxyquinoline aluminum) as the ETL. The device structure of the Device Examples is also summarized in FIG. 3.
[0242] Comparative Example 3 was fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except that El was used as the emissive dopant.
[0243] The device structures and data are summarized in Table 4 and Table 5. Table 4 shows device structure, and Table 5 shows the corresponding measured results for those devices. As used herein, El, Hl, H2 and NPD, have the following structures:
Figure imgf000109_0001
TABLE 4.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
[0244] From the Device Examples in Table 4, it can be seen that devices containing the inventive compound may have particularly good properties. Specifically, devices having an emissive later containing Compound 1, Compound 2, Compound 8-12 as the emissive dopant demonstrate that these inventive compounds may be beneficial to device stability.
[0245] Particular devices are provided wherein inventive compounds, Compound 21 through Compound 35, are the emitting dopant and H-2 is the host. The organic stack of the Device Examples 21-35 consisted of sequentially, from the ITO surface, 100 A of El as the hole injection layer (HIL), 300 A of 4,4'-bis[N-(l-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (α- NPD) as the hole transporting later (HTL), 300 A of H2 doped with 7% of Compound 21-35 and 37 as the emissive layer (EML), 100 A of H2 as the electron transporting layer (ETL2), and 400 A OfAIq3 (tris-8-hydroxyquinoline aluminum) as the electron transporting layer (ETLl).
[0246] Comparative Device Examples 4-6 were fabricated similarly to the Device Examples, except E2 was used the emitting dopant in Comparative Device Example 4; CBP was as the host, E3 was used as the emitting dopant, and 50 A of HPT was used as the ETL2 and 450 A OfAIq3 was used as the ETLl in Comparative Device Example 5; in E4 was used as the emitting dopant in Comparative Device Example 6.
[0247] As used herein, the following compounds have the following structures:
Figure imgf000112_0001
E1 E2 E3 E4
Figure imgf000113_0001
H2 CBP
Figure imgf000113_0002
HPT
[0248] Particular materials for use in an OLED are provided. The materials may be used an emitting dopant in the emissive layer of such a device. The materials provided herein may be used to provide devices having high efficiency and a narrow electroluminescence. In addition, these materials may provided improved stability and improved processibility, such as high solubility and low evaporation temperature.
TABLE 6.
Figure imgf000113_0003
Figure imgf000114_0001
[0249] Table 6 shows the evaporation temperature of the emitting compounds, Compounds 21-33, used in the Device Examples compared to the evaporation temperatures of the emitting compounds E2 and E3 used in Comparative Device Examples 4 and 5, respectively. In particular, Compounds 21-24 have significantly lower evaporation temperatures than E3. A lower evaporation temperature may be a desirable property for the thermal evaporation and long term thermal stability of dopants. It is believed that the C-ring phenyl-pyridine in Compounds 21-23 has more twist between the two rings than the phenyl-pyridine twist, as is present in E3. The heteroleptic compounds (Compounds 25-33 and 37) which contain the twisted C-ring feature have similar or lower evaporation temperatures than E2 which does not have a C-ring at all. The result indicates that the twisted C-ring feature may lower evaporation temperature while keeping the molecular weight as high or even higher than the structurally similar compounds without this feature.
TABLE 7
Figure imgf000114_0002
Figure imgf000115_0001
[0250] Table 7 shows additional device data for Device Examples and Comparative Examples. In particular, Table 7 provides λmax and CIE coordinates for Device Examples 16- 18 and 27 compared to the Comparative Device Examples 4, 5 and 6. From the data, it can be seen that Device Examples 16-18 and 27 are significantly blue shifted from Comparative Device Example 5. This result suggests that the conjugation may be reduced by the presence of the twisted phenyl C-ring.
TABLE 8
Figure imgf000116_0001
[0251] Table 8 provides a comparison of device properties between Device Examples 16- 29 and Comparative Examples 4 and 6. From the data, it can be seen that Device Examples 16 (Compound 21), 17 (Compound 22), 19 (Compound 25), 20 (Compound 26), 21 (Compound 27), 23 (Compound 29), 24 (Compound 30), 25 (Compound 31), 27 (Compound 34), 28 (Compound 25), 29 (Compound 37) provide high efficiency and long device lifetime. Particularly, Device Examples 16, 17, 19, 23, 24, 25 and 27, which use Compounds 21, 22, 25, 29, 30, 31 and 34 respectively as the emitting dopant, have very good device performance. These particular devices show an RTgo% (defined as the time required for the initial luminance Lo to drop to from 100% to 80% at room temperature under constant DC drive) of 210, 260, 245 237, 223, 254 and 290 h compared to an RT80o/o of 196 h of Comparative Device Example 4. Furthermore, Device Examples 16, 17, 19, 23, 24, 25 and 27 all operate at higher L0 than Comparative Device Example 4. The result indicates that the phenyl C-ring may improve the device stability by adding some conjugation to emitting dopant. However, the conjugation is limited by the presence of the twist feature, described above, which does not cause significant red-shift in emission compared to a phenyl in regular conjugation as in E-3. In addition, the EL spectra of Device Examples 16-20, 23-25 and 27- 29 are all narrower than that of Comparative Example 4. Narrow emission may be an desirable factor for achieving saturated color coordinates, high LE:EQE conversion, microcavity tuning, and color filter matching in OLED technology.
[0252] It is understood that the various embodiments described herein are by way of example only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, many of the materials and structures described herein may be substituted with other materials and structures without deviating from the spirit of the invention. The present invention as claimed may therefore includes variations from the particular examples and preferred embodiments described herein, as will be apparent to one of skill in the art. It is understood that various theories as to why the invention works are not intended to be limiting.

Claims

CLAIMS:
1. A compound comprising a ligand L having the structure:
Figure imgf000118_0001
Formula I, wherein B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to a metal M via a nitrogen atom in ring A and an sp2 hybridized atom in ring B; wherein A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings; wherein R3, Rb, and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions; wherein RΆ, Rb, and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of Ri1 R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen; and wherein the ligand L is coordinated to a metal M having an atomic number greater than 40.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein A is pyridine.
3. The compound of claim 1 , wherein only one of R1, R2, and the Ra substituents is not hydrogen.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents is alkyl.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents is ethyl.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents is methyl.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound has the structure:
Figure imgf000119_0001
Formula II, wherein m is the oxidation state of the metal M; wherein n is at least 1 ; wherein L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein the metal M is Ir.
9. The compound of claim 7, wherein A is pyridine.
10. The compound of claim 7, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
11. The compound of claim 7, wherein only one of R1, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl.
12. The compound of claim 7, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is ethyl.
13. The compound of claim 7, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is methyl.
14. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000120_0001
Compound 17
Figure imgf000120_0002
Compound 18 Compound 19
Figure imgf000120_0003
Compound 20 wherein R is not hydrogen.
15. The compound of claim 14, wherein R is an alkyl.
16. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000121_0001
Compound 25 Compound 26 Compound 27
Figure imgf000121_0002
Compound 28 Compound 29 Compound 30
Figure imgf000121_0003
Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33
Figure imgf000122_0001
Compound 34 Compound 35
Figure imgf000122_0002
Compound 36 Compound 37
17. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000122_0003
Compound 29 Compound 30
Figure imgf000123_0001
Compound 31 Compound 34
18. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000123_0002
Formula III an(j Formula IV wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen; and wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein Ri and R2 are hydrogen and one OfR3 and R4 is alkyl.
20. The compound of claim 19, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000124_0001
Compound 21 Compound 22 Compound 23
Figure imgf000124_0002
Compound 24 Compound 29
Figure imgf000124_0003
Compound 30
Figure imgf000124_0004
Compound 31 Compound 32
Figure imgf000125_0001
Compound 33 Compound 34
Figure imgf000125_0002
Compound 36 Compound 37
21. The compound of claim 18, wherein one of Ri and R2 is alkyl and R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
22. The compound of claim 21 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000125_0004
Figure imgf000125_0003
Compound 25
Figure imgf000125_0005
Compound 27
Figure imgf000126_0001
Compound 28
Figure imgf000126_0002
23. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000126_0003
Formula V and Formula Vl
24. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is homoleptic.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000126_0004
Figure imgf000126_0005
Compound 23
Figure imgf000127_0001
Compound 24 Compound 35
26. The compound of claim 7, wherein the compound is heteroleptic.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000127_0002
Compound 25 Compound 26 Compound 27
Figure imgf000127_0003
Compound 28 Compound 29
Figure imgf000127_0005
Figure imgf000127_0004
Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33
Figure imgf000128_0001
Compound 34 Compound 36 Compound 37
28. The compound of claim 7, wherein L' is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000128_0002
wherein R'i, R'2 and R'3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
29. The compound of claim 11 , wherein the alkyl is on the pyridine ring.
30. The compound of claim 29, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000128_0003
Figure imgf000128_0004
Compound 23
Figure imgf000129_0001
Compound 29 Compound 30
Figure imgf000129_0002
Compound 31 Compound 34
Figure imgf000129_0003
Compound 36 Compound 37
31. The compound of claim 11 , wherein the alkyl is para to the nitrogen of the pyridine ring.
32. The compound of claim 31 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000130_0001
Compound 21 Compound 22 Compound 29
Figure imgf000130_0002
Compound 30 Compound 31
Figure imgf000130_0003
Compound 34 Compound 36
Figure imgf000130_0004
Compound 37
33. An organic light emitting device, comprising an anode: a cathode; and an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer further comprising a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000131_0001
Formula I, wherein B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the metal M via a nitrogen atom in ring A and an sp2 hybridized atom in ring B;; wherein A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings; wherein R3, Rb, and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions; wherein R3, Rb, and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen; and
wherein the ligand L is coordinated to a metal having an atomic number greater than 40.
34. The device of claim 33, wherein the compound has the structure:
Figure imgf000132_0001
Formula II, wherein m is the oxidation state of the metal M; wherein n is at least 1 ; wherein L' is a monoanionic bidentate ligand.
35. The device of claim 34, wherein the metal M is Ir.
36. The device of claim 34, wherein A is pyridine.
37. The device of claim 34, wherein only one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is alkyl.
38. The device of claim 33, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000132_0002
Formula and Formula IV wherein at least one of Ri, R2, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen; and wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
39. The device of claim 36, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000133_0001
Formula V and Formula Vl
40. The device of claim 33, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000133_0002
Compound 25 Compound 26 Compound 27
Figure imgf000134_0001
Compound 28 Compound 29 Compound 30
Figure imgf000134_0002
Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33
Figure imgf000134_0003
Compound 34 Compound 35 Compound 36
Figure imgf000134_0004
Compound 37
41. The device of claim 33, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000135_0001
Compound 29 Compound 30
Figure imgf000135_0002
Compound 31 Compound 34
42. The device of claim 33, wherein the organic layer is an emissive layer and the compound having the formula of Formula I is an emitting dopant.
43. The device of claim 42, wherein the organic layer further comprises a host.
44. The device of claim 43, wherein the host has the structure:
Figure imgf000136_0001
wherein R'i, R'2, R'3, R'4, R'5, and R'β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
45. A consumer product comprising a device, the device further comprising: an anode: a cathode; and an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer further comprising a compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000136_0002
Formula I, wherein B and C are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the metal M via a nitrogen atom in ring A and an sp2 hybridized atom in ring B;; wherein A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings; wherein Ra, Rb, and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions; wherein RΆ, Rb, and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen; and wherein the ligand L is coordinated to a metal having an atomic number greater than 40.
46. A method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex, comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000137_0001
with in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
to form
Figure imgf000137_0002
, wherein at least one of RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is not adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring; wherein S is a neutral ligand; wherein X is a counterion; wherein A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B; wherein each of RA, and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or terra substitutions; and wherein RA and RB, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, 1 :1 ratio of ethanol and methanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-ethoxyethanol.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the low boiling alcohol is selected from the group consisting of consisting of ethanol, isopropanol, and a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
49. The method of claim 47, wherein the low boiling alcohol is ethanol or a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
50. The method of claim 47, wherein the low boiling alcohol is a 1 : 1 ratio of ethanol and methanol.
51. The method of claim 46, wherein A is
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings; wherein RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions; wherein RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein X1, X2, X3, X4, Xs, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of Ri, R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
52. The method of claim 46, wherein X is triflate.
53. The method of claim 46, comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000139_0001
in the presence of a low boiling alcohol
Figure imgf000139_0002
to form
54. The method of claim 53 , wherein
Figure imgf000139_0003
is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000139_0004
3 Compound 21 3 Compound 22
Figure imgf000140_0001
Compound 24.
55. A method for making a homoleptic Ir(III) complex, comprising:
reacting in the absence of solvent
to form
Figure imgf000140_0002
RA and RB is an alkyl group and the alkyl group is adjacent to the nitrogen on the pyridine ring; wherein S is a neutral ligand; wherein X is a counterion; wherein A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-B represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B; wherein each of RA, and RB may represent mono, di, tri, or terra substitutions; and
wherein RA and RB, are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl.
56. The method of claim 35, wherein A is
Figure imgf000141_0001
wherein C is a 5 or 6-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; wherein A-C represents a bonded pair of carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings; wherein RA and Rc may represent mono, di, tri, or tetra substitutions; wherein RA and Rc are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, Xs and X9 are independently selected from carbon and nitrogen; wherein Ri and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, amino, alkenyl, alkynyl, arylkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; and wherein at least one of Ri1 R2, and the Ra substituents adjacent to C is not hydrogen.
57. The method of claim 55, wherein X is triflate.
58. The method of claim 55 , comprising : reacting
Figure imgf000142_0001
in the absence of solvent
Figure imgf000142_0002
to form
59. The method of claim 58 , wherein
Figure imgf000142_0003
i is
Figure imgf000142_0004
-1 3 Compound 23.
60. A method, comprising: reacting
Figure imgf000143_0001
with
Figure imgf000143_0002
to form wherein S is a neutral ligand; wherein X is a counterion; wherein A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or hetero aromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B; wherein C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D; wherein RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups; wherein each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents; and wherein R is an alkyl, heteroalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl group and the two Rs are optionally joined to form a cycle.
61. The method of claim 60, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate, tetrafluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
62. The method of claim 60, wherein RA, RB, RC, and RD are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene.
63. The method of claim 60, comprising:
reacting
Figure imgf000144_0001
with
Figure imgf000144_0002
to form
64. The method of claim 60, wherein the group B(OR)2 is attached to ring
C.
65. The method of claim 60, wherein the group B(OR)2 is attached to ring
D.
66. The method of claim 64, wherein the group B(OR)2 is
Figure imgf000144_0003
O
67. The method of claim 65, wherein the group B(OR)2 is
Figure imgf000145_0001
68. The method of claim 60, further comprising reacting
Figure imgf000145_0002
wherein R is aryl or heteroaryl and X is selected from the group consisting of I, Br, Cl, and OTf.
69. The method of claim 60, further comprising
Figure imgf000145_0003
Figure imgf000146_0001
70. The method of claim 67, wherein
Figure imgf000146_0002
Figure imgf000147_0001
IS Compound 1 or
Figure imgf000147_0002
Compound 2
71. The method of claim 67, wherein
Figure imgf000147_0003
Figure imgf000148_0001
IS Compound 7
72. The method of claim 60, further comprising
reacting
Figure imgf000148_0002
w iitthh
Figure imgf000148_0003
to form
73. The method of claim 71 , wherein
Figure imgf000149_0001
IS
Figure imgf000149_0002
74. The method of claim 60, further comprising
reacting
Figure imgf000149_0003
with
Figure imgf000149_0004
to form
75. The method of claim 73 , wherein
Figure imgf000150_0001
76. The method of claim 60, further comprising
reacting
Figure imgf000150_0002
with Br
Figure imgf000150_0003
to form
77. The method of claim 75 , wherein
Figure imgf000151_0001
78. The method of claim 60, further comprising
reacting
Figure imgf000151_0002
with
Figure imgf000151_0003
to form
79. The method of claim 77, wherein
Figure imgf000152_0001
80. The method of claim 60, further comprising:
reacting , form
Figure imgf000152_0002
and reacting
Figure imgf000152_0003
AgX to form
Figure imgf000152_0004
and then
Figure imgf000153_0001
81. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000154_0001
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000154_0002
A heteroleptic compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000154_0003
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000155_0001
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000155_0002
Compound 12 Compound 13
Figure imgf000155_0003
Compound 14 The compound of claim 81 , wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000155_0004
Compound 1
84. The compound of claim 81 , wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000156_0001
Compound 2
85. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000156_0002
Compound 8
86. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000156_0003
Compound 9
87. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000157_0001
Compound 10
88. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000157_0002
Compound 11
89. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000157_0003
Compound 12
90. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000158_0001
Compound 13 91. The compound of claim 82, wherein the compound is
Figure imgf000158_0002
Compound 14
92. An organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a cathode; and an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, wherein the organic layer comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000159_0001
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000159_0002
93. The device of claim 92, wherein the organic layer further comprises a host.
94. The device of claim 93, wherein the host includes a triphenylene group.
95. The device of claim 94, wherein the host has the formula
Figure imgf000160_0001
, wherein R is aryl or heteroaryl.
96. The device of claim 95, wherein R is terphenyl.
97. The device of claim 96, wherein the host is
Figure imgf000160_0002
98. An organic light emitting device, comprising: an anode; a cathode; and an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000160_0003
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000161_0001
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000161_0002
Compound 12 Compound 13
Figure imgf000161_0003
Compound 14
99. The device of claim 98, wherein the organic layer further comprises a host.
100. The device of claim 99, wherein the host includes a triphenylene group.
101. The device of claim 100, wherein the host has the formula
Figure imgf000162_0001
, wherein R is aryl or heteroaryl.
102. The device of claim 101, wherein R is terphenyl.
103. The device of claim 102, wherein the host is
Figure imgf000162_0002
104. The device of claim 101, wherein R is dibenzothiophene.
105. The device of claim 104, wherein the host is
Figure imgf000162_0003
H2
106. A consumer product comprising a device, the device further comprising: an anode; a cathode; an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000163_0001
Compound 1 Compound 2
Figure imgf000163_0002
107. A consumer product comprising a device, the device further comprising: an anode; a cathode; and an organic layer, disposed between the anode and the cathode, the organic layer further comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000164_0001
Compound 8 Compound 9
Figure imgf000164_0002
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000164_0003
Compound 12 Compound 13
Figure imgf000165_0001
Compound 14
108. A method for making heteroleptic compounds, comprising:
Figure imgf000165_0002
wherein S is a neutral ligand; wherein X is a counterion; wherein A and B are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and A-B represents a bonded pair of aromatic or hetero aromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen atom on ring A and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring B; wherein C and D are each independently a 5 or 6-membered aromatic or heteroaromatic ring, and C-D represents a bonded pair of aromatic or heteroaromatic rings coordinated to the iridium via a nitrogen ring atom on ring C and an sp2 hybridized carbon atom on ring D; wherein RA, RB, RC, and RD are each independently selected from the group consisting of no substitution, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups; wherein each of RA, RB, RC, and RD represent one or more substituents; and wherein Rz is not H.
109. The method of claim 108, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of triflate, tosylate, trifluoroborate, and hexafluorophosphate.
110. The method of claim 108, wherein RA, RB, RC, and RD are selected from the group consisting of benzene, pyrimidine, pyridine, thiophene, thianaphthene, fluorine, carbazole, and dibenzothiophene.
111. The method of claim 108, wherein Rz is methyl.
112. The method of claim 108, comprising:
Figure imgf000166_0001
to form
113. The method of claim 108, wherein
Figure imgf000167_0001
is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000167_0002
Compound 10 Compound 11
Figure imgf000167_0003
Compound 14 114. A heteroleptic complex having the formula IΓ(LA-B)2(LC-D),
wherein LA-B is
Figure imgf000167_0004
wherein LC-D is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein Ri, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; and wherein each of Ri, R2, R3, R4 and R5 may represent mono, di, tri, tetra, or penta substitutions.
115. The compound of claim 114, wherein Ri, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are each independently selected from hydrogen and methyl.
116. The compound of claim 114, wherein Lc-ϋis selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000168_0002
Figure imgf000169_0001

PCT/US2009/055890 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials WO2010028151A1 (en)

Priority Applications (23)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020187004819A KR101950655B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020217001710A KR20210010949A (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
EP09792236.3A EP2342305B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020197004183A KR102082091B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
JP2011526198A JP5826630B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent material
US13/062,141 US8519384B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020167036340A KR101831916B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
EP23164832.0A EP4223854A3 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
PCT/US2009/055890 WO2010028151A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020237015100A KR20230066485A (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020217041284A KR102530743B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020187011992A KR101969690B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020157033289A KR101691609B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
CN200980142139.7A CN102232105B (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
EP18174646.2A EP3399005B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
KR1020207004780A KR102207559B1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
US13/968,551 US9076973B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2013-08-16 Phosphorescent materials
US14/791,741 US9630983B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2015-07-06 Organic electroluminescent material and devices
US15/467,724 US10186672B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2017-03-23 Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US16/201,354 US10593896B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2018-11-27 Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US16/742,028 US10892426B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2020-01-14 Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US16/952,586 US11482685B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2020-11-19 Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US17/946,129 US12127470B2 (en) 2022-09-16 Organic electroluminescent materials and devices

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9396708P 2008-09-03 2008-09-03
US61/093,967 2008-09-03
US14045908P 2008-12-23 2008-12-23
US61/140,459 2008-12-23
US22908809P 2009-07-28 2009-07-28
US61/229,088 2009-07-28
USPCT/US2009/052045 2009-07-29
PCT/US2009/052045 WO2010027583A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-07-29 Phosphorescent materials
PCT/US2009/055890 WO2010028151A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/052045 Continuation-In-Part WO2010027583A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-07-29 Phosphorescent materials

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/062,141 A-371-Of-International US8519384B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials
US13/968,551 Continuation US9076973B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2013-08-16 Phosphorescent materials

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010028151A1 true WO2010028151A1 (en) 2010-03-11

Family

ID=41010418

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/052045 WO2010027583A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-07-29 Phosphorescent materials
PCT/US2009/055890 WO2010028151A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-09-03 Phosphorescent materials

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/052045 WO2010027583A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2009-07-29 Phosphorescent materials

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (7) US8519384B2 (en)
EP (3) EP2342305B1 (en)
JP (7) JP5826630B2 (en)
KR (10) KR20210010949A (en)
CN (2) CN103864675B (en)
TW (7) TWI734557B (en)
WO (2) WO2010027583A1 (en)

Cited By (129)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011109042A1 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
US20120292608A1 (en) * 2010-01-15 2012-11-22 Fujifilm Corporation Organic electroluminescence element
WO2013022419A1 (en) 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices combined with hole transport material having high operating stability
JP2013079235A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Universal Display Corp CYCLOMETALLATED TETRADENTATE Pt (II) COMPLEXES COMPRISED OF ONE OR TWO IMIDAZOLE RINGS WITH TWISTED ARYL GROUP BONDED TO N-1
WO2013072740A2 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 ユーディーシー アイルランド リミテッド Charge-transporting material, organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display device and illumination device characterised by using said element
US8519384B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2013-08-27 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
JP2013539206A (en) * 2010-07-30 2013-10-17 ローム・アンド・ハース・エレクトロニック・マテリアルズ・コリア・リミテッド Electroluminescent device using electroluminescent compound as luminescent material
US8716484B1 (en) 2012-12-05 2014-05-06 Universal Display Corporation Hole transporting materials with twisted aryl groups
JP2014511563A (en) * 2011-02-11 2014-05-15 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND MATERIAL FOR USE IN THE ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE
WO2014104386A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
WO2014104387A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element and display apparatus
WO2014104395A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting device and display apparatus
US8889864B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2014-11-18 Universal Display Corporation Metal complexes of cyclometallated imidazo[1,2-f]phenanthridine and diimidazo[1,2-a:1′,2′-c]quinazoline ligands and isoelectronic and benzannulated analogs thereof
JP2014532033A (en) * 2011-05-27 2014-12-04 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション High efficiency yellow light emitter for OLED devices
WO2015063046A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 Basf Se Azadibenzothiophenes for electronic applications
US9054344B2 (en) 2010-01-20 2015-06-09 Universal Display Corporation Electroluminescent devices for lighting applications
WO2015134017A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent oled devices
US9196860B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2015-11-24 Universal Display Corporation Compounds for triplet-triplet annihilation upconversion
US9231218B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2016-01-05 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent emitters containing dibenzo[1,4]azaborinine structure
US9252363B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2016-02-02 Universal Display Corporation Aryloxyalkylcarboxylate solvent compositions for inkjet printing of organic layers
WO2016016791A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd (Ikc) 2,9-functionalized benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles as hosts for organic light emitting diodes (oleds)
EP2982676A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazo[2,1-B]benzoxazoles for electronic applications
EP2993215A1 (en) 2014-09-04 2016-03-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Azabenzimidazo[2,1-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3015469A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
WO2016079169A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Basf Se Pt- or pd-carbene complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
WO2016079667A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives for electronic applications
EP3034506A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 4-functionalized carbazole derivatives for electronic applications
EP3034507A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 1-functionalized dibenzofurans and dibenzothiophenes for organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs)
US9412956B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2016-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Organometallic iridium complex, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
EP3053918A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 2-carbazole substituted benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3054498A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazodiazocines
EP3056504A1 (en) 2015-02-16 2016-08-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3061759A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-08-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Nitrile substituted dibenzofurans
EP3061763A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-08-31 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9450198B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2016-09-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3070144A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3072943A1 (en) 2015-03-26 2016-09-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Dibenzofuran/carbazole-substituted benzonitriles
EP3075737A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
US9466804B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2016-10-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
EP3098229A1 (en) 2015-05-15 2016-11-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3101021A1 (en) 2015-06-01 2016-12-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3124488A1 (en) 2015-07-29 2017-02-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3150606A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles carrying benzofurane or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3150604A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056055A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying triazine groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056053A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3159350A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-04-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2017078182A1 (en) 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole fused heteroaryls
US9653691B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2017-05-16 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescence-sensitizing fluorescence material system
WO2017093958A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for organic light emitting diodes
EP3184534A1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-28 UDC Ireland Limited Transition metal complexes with tripodal ligands and the use thereof in oleds
EP3205658A1 (en) 2016-02-09 2017-08-16 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3231809A2 (en) 2016-04-11 2017-10-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2017178864A1 (en) 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3261146A2 (en) 2016-06-20 2017-12-27 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3261147A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2017-12-27 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3270435A2 (en) 2016-06-20 2018-01-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9876173B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2018-01-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9899613B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2018-02-20 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
US9917264B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2018-03-13 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organometallic complex and organic light-emitting element using the complex
EP3297051A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3301088A1 (en) 2016-10-03 2018-04-04 Universal Display Corporation Condensed pyridines as organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3305796A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2018-04-11 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3318566A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2018-05-09 UDC Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
EP3321258A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-16 Universal Display Corporation 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds
EP3323822A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-05-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3345914A1 (en) 2017-01-09 2018-07-11 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3354654A2 (en) 2016-11-11 2018-08-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3381927A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-10-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3401318A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-11-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10158089B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2018-12-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3418286A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3444258A2 (en) 2017-08-10 2019-02-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3466957A1 (en) 2014-08-08 2019-04-10 UDC Ireland Limited Oled comprising an electroluminescent imidazo-quinoxaline carbene metal complexes
EP3489243A1 (en) 2017-11-28 2019-05-29 University of Southern California Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices
EP3492480A2 (en) 2017-11-29 2019-06-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3492528A1 (en) 2017-11-30 2019-06-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10400001B2 (en) 2015-03-10 2019-09-03 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science And Technology Heteroleptic iridium complex, and light-emitting material and organic light-emitting element using compound
EP3613751A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
DE102013200085B4 (en) 2012-01-06 2020-06-18 Universal Display Corporation Highly efficient phosphorescent materials
EP3690973A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-08-05 University Of Southern California Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3689889A1 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-08-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3715353A1 (en) 2019-03-26 2020-09-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3750897A1 (en) 2019-06-10 2020-12-16 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3771717A1 (en) 2019-07-30 2021-02-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3778614A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3816175A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
EP3845545A1 (en) 2020-01-06 2021-07-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3858945A1 (en) 2020-01-28 2021-08-04 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3937268A1 (en) 2020-07-10 2022-01-12 Universal Display Corporation Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters
EP4001287A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2022-05-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4001286A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2022-05-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4016659A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2022-06-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4019526A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2022-06-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4039692A1 (en) 2021-02-03 2022-08-10 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4053137A1 (en) 2021-03-05 2022-09-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4056578A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4060758A2 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4059915A2 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4059941A1 (en) 2021-03-15 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4075531A1 (en) 2021-04-13 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters
EP4075530A1 (en) 2021-04-14 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4074723A1 (en) 2021-04-05 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4079743A1 (en) 2021-04-23 2022-10-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4086266A1 (en) 2021-04-23 2022-11-09 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4112701A2 (en) 2021-06-08 2023-01-04 University of Southern California Molecular alignment of homoleptic iridium phosphors
DE102013214144B4 (en) 2012-07-19 2023-02-16 Universal Display Corp. Diarylamino-substituted metal complexes
EP4151699A1 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4185086A1 (en) 2017-07-26 2023-05-24 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4212539A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2023-07-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4231804A2 (en) 2022-02-16 2023-08-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4242285A1 (en) 2022-03-09 2023-09-13 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4265626A2 (en) 2022-04-18 2023-10-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11827651B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-11-28 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4282863A1 (en) 2022-05-24 2023-11-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4293001A1 (en) 2022-06-08 2023-12-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4299693A1 (en) 2022-06-28 2024-01-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4326030A1 (en) 2022-08-17 2024-02-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
EP4362645A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4362631A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4362630A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4369898A1 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-15 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4376583A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4386065A1 (en) 2022-12-14 2024-06-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
DE102014001468B4 (en) 2013-02-08 2024-08-08 Universal Display Corporation HETEROLEPTIC PHENYLBENZIMIDAZOLE COMPLEX
WO2024170609A1 (en) 2023-02-17 2024-08-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
US12127470B2 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-10-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices

Families Citing this family (62)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100560790B1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2006-03-13 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Electroluminescent display device having a good performance at high temperature
KR101745336B1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2017-06-14 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Electroluminescent device using the electroluminescent compounds
WO2012108881A1 (en) * 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Universal Display Corporation Organic light emitting device and materials for use in same
KR101976104B1 (en) * 2011-11-01 2019-05-09 유니버셜 디스플레이 코포레이션 Reducing oled device efficiency at low luminance
WO2013098189A1 (en) 2011-12-28 2013-07-04 Solvay Sa Preparation of heteroleptic metal complexes
EP2676964A1 (en) 2012-06-18 2013-12-25 Solvay Sa Preparation of heteroleptic metal complexes
WO2013172835A1 (en) * 2012-05-17 2013-11-21 Universal Display Corporation Biscarbazole derivative host materials for oled emissive region
JP2015526886A (en) * 2012-06-14 2015-09-10 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション Biscarbazole derivative host material and red light emitter for OLED light emitting region
WO2013187896A1 (en) * 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Universal Display Corporation Biscarbazole derivative host materials and green emitter for oled emissive region
CN103483387A (en) * 2012-06-15 2014-01-01 李晓常 Stable easy-preparation organic photoelectric material and its application
EP2871222B1 (en) 2012-07-04 2017-04-26 Samsung SDI Co., Ltd. Compound for organic optoelectric device, organic optoelectric device comprising same, and display apparatus comprising organic optoelectric device
EP2871223A4 (en) 2012-07-04 2016-02-24 Samsung Sdi Co Ltd Composite for organic light-emitting diode, organic light-emitting layer including same, and organic light-emitting diode
US9725476B2 (en) * 2012-07-09 2017-08-08 Universal Display Corporation Silylated metal complexes
KR102102580B1 (en) * 2012-07-20 2020-04-22 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Organic Electroluminescence Device
KR102192286B1 (en) 2012-08-07 2020-12-17 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Metal complexes
US8946697B1 (en) * 2012-11-09 2015-02-03 Universal Display Corporation Iridium complexes with aza-benzo fused ligands
US9685617B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2017-06-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electronuminescent materials and devices
US9748500B2 (en) 2015-01-15 2017-08-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic light emitting materials
US9634264B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2017-04-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3882254B1 (en) * 2013-02-21 2023-10-04 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent homoleptic tris-[deuterated-2(2-pyridinyl)phenyl]-iridium complexes for use in light-emitting devices
US10367154B2 (en) * 2013-02-21 2019-07-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2014204464A1 (en) * 2013-06-20 2014-12-24 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices having a hole-transporting host in the emissive region
JP6341772B2 (en) * 2013-06-28 2018-06-13 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Organometallic complex, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
KR102103959B1 (en) * 2013-07-11 2020-04-28 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Iridium complex and Organic light emitting device comprising the same
US10074806B2 (en) * 2013-08-20 2018-09-11 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
KR20150022529A (en) * 2013-08-23 2015-03-04 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organic light emitting device
KR102180085B1 (en) * 2013-09-12 2020-11-17 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Organic electronic element using a compound for organic electronic element, and an electronic device thereof
US10355227B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2019-07-16 Universal Display Corporation Metal complex for phosphorescent OLED
KR102208247B1 (en) * 2014-05-29 2021-01-27 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Organic electronic element using a compound for organic electronic element, and an electronic device thereof
DE102014008722B4 (en) 2014-06-18 2024-08-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Compositions for electronic devices, formulation containing them, use of the composition, use of the formulation and organic electronic device containing the composition
US10297762B2 (en) 2014-07-09 2019-05-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10749113B2 (en) * 2014-09-29 2020-08-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10361375B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2019-07-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
TWI526448B (en) 2014-12-03 2016-03-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Organic metal compound, and organic light-emitting device employing the same
TWI586672B (en) 2014-12-03 2017-06-11 財團法人工業技術研究院 Organic metal compounds and organic electroluminescence devices employing the same
KR102343146B1 (en) * 2014-12-16 2021-12-27 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organometallic compound and organic light emitting device comprising the same
KR102344883B1 (en) 2014-12-17 2021-12-29 삼성전자주식회사 Organometallic compound and organic light emitting device including the same
CN107207550B (en) 2015-02-03 2020-06-05 默克专利有限公司 Metal complexes
GB201511300D0 (en) * 2015-06-26 2015-08-12 Cambridge Display Tech Ltd Metal complex and organic light-emitting device
US9478758B1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-10-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11522140B2 (en) 2015-08-17 2022-12-06 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US20170092880A1 (en) * 2015-09-25 2017-03-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
CN105481903B (en) * 2015-12-09 2018-08-17 江苏三月光电科技有限公司 A kind of phosphorescent iridium complex of the pyridazine of phenyl containing 3- structure and its application
CN105461756B (en) * 2015-12-09 2018-08-14 江苏三月光电科技有限公司 A kind of phosphorescent iridium complex as OLED dopant materials
JP6861551B2 (en) * 2016-04-01 2021-04-21 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Organometallic complexes, light emitting elements, light emitting devices, electronic devices, and lighting devices
US11228003B2 (en) * 2016-04-22 2022-01-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11228002B2 (en) * 2016-04-22 2022-01-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11189804B2 (en) 2016-10-03 2021-11-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11127906B2 (en) 2016-10-03 2021-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11183642B2 (en) 2016-10-03 2021-11-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US20180179237A1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11201298B2 (en) * 2017-01-09 2021-12-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10686146B2 (en) 2017-02-13 2020-06-16 Feng-wen Yen Paracyclophane-based iridium complexes for organic electroluminescence device
KR102508498B1 (en) 2018-01-02 2023-03-10 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organic light-emitting device
EP3569605A1 (en) 2018-05-18 2019-11-20 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Novel electroluminescent metal complexes and an organic electroluminescence device comprising the same
CN110872325B (en) * 2018-09-03 2021-05-21 广东阿格蕾雅光电材料有限公司 Organic luminescent material based on platinum tetradentate ONCN complex, preparation method and application thereof in organic light-emitting diode
WO2020165064A1 (en) 2019-02-11 2020-08-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Mononuclear iridium complexes containing three ortho-metallated bidentate ligands and optical orientating anistrophy
JP7530116B2 (en) 2020-02-21 2024-08-07 コリア アドヴァンスド インスティテュート オブ サイエンス アンド テクノロジー Pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating cancer, comprising an emtor signal transduction inhibitor as an active ingredient
US11296292B2 (en) 2020-04-15 2022-04-05 Cynora Gmbh Organic electroluminescent device emitting green light
CN116261919A (en) 2020-09-18 2023-06-13 三星显示有限公司 Organic electroluminescent device
CN117343078A (en) 2021-11-25 2024-01-05 北京夏禾科技有限公司 Organic electroluminescent material and device
WO2023199152A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Organic compound, light-emitting device, and display device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050112401A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2005-05-26 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent display device having superior characteristics at high temperature
US20060088728A1 (en) * 2004-10-22 2006-04-27 Raymond Kwong Arylcarbazoles as hosts in PHOLEDs
WO2008073440A2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 Universal Display Corporation Cross-linkable iridium complexes and organic light-emitting devices using the same
WO2009073246A1 (en) * 2007-12-06 2009-06-11 Universal Display Corporation Method for the synthesis of iridium (iii) complexes with sterically demanding ligands

Family Cites Families (150)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4484806A (en) 1982-04-28 1984-11-27 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Automatic focussing apparatus
US4484808A (en) 1982-11-01 1984-11-27 Polaroid Corporation Method of and apparatus for controlling scene radiation
US4769292A (en) 1987-03-02 1988-09-06 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with modified thin film luminescent zone
GB8909011D0 (en) 1989-04-20 1989-06-07 Friend Richard H Electroluminescent devices
US5061569A (en) 1990-07-26 1991-10-29 Eastman Kodak Company Electroluminescent device with organic electroluminescent medium
DE69412567T2 (en) 1993-11-01 1999-02-04 Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd., Tokio/Tokyo Amine compound and electroluminescent device containing it
US5703436A (en) 1994-12-13 1997-12-30 The Trustees Of Princeton University Transparent contacts for organic devices
US5707745A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-01-13 The Trustees Of Princeton University Multicolor organic light emitting devices
US6939625B2 (en) 1996-06-25 2005-09-06 Nôrthwestern University Organic light-emitting diodes and methods for assembly and enhanced charge injection
US5844363A (en) 1997-01-23 1998-12-01 The Trustees Of Princeton Univ. Vacuum deposited, non-polymeric flexible organic light emitting devices
US5834893A (en) 1996-12-23 1998-11-10 The Trustees Of Princeton University High efficiency organic light emitting devices with light directing structures
US6013982A (en) 1996-12-23 2000-01-11 The Trustees Of Princeton University Multicolor display devices
US6091195A (en) 1997-02-03 2000-07-18 The Trustees Of Princeton University Displays having mesa pixel configuration
JP3636411B2 (en) * 1997-03-19 2005-04-06 富士通株式会社 Laser diode drive circuit and drive method
US6303238B1 (en) 1997-12-01 2001-10-16 The Trustees Of Princeton University OLEDs doped with phosphorescent compounds
US6337102B1 (en) 1997-11-17 2002-01-08 The Trustees Of Princeton University Low pressure vapor phase deposition of organic thin films
US6087196A (en) 1998-01-30 2000-07-11 The Trustees Of Princeton University Fabrication of organic semiconductor devices using ink jet printing
US6528187B1 (en) 1998-09-08 2003-03-04 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Material for luminescence element and luminescence element using the same
US6830828B2 (en) 1998-09-14 2004-12-14 The Trustees Of Princeton University Organometallic complexes as phosphorescent emitters in organic LEDs
US6097147A (en) 1998-09-14 2000-08-01 The Trustees Of Princeton University Structure for high efficiency electroluminescent device
US6294398B1 (en) 1999-11-23 2001-09-25 The Trustees Of Princeton University Method for patterning devices
US6458475B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2002-10-01 The Trustee Of Princeton University Organic light emitting diode having a blue phosphorescent molecule as an emitter
KR100377321B1 (en) 1999-12-31 2003-03-26 주식회사 엘지화학 Electronic device comprising organic compound having p-type semiconducting characteristics
JP4290858B2 (en) * 2000-06-12 2009-07-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US20020121638A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-09-05 Vladimir Grushin Electroluminescent iridium compounds with fluorinated phenylpyridines, phenylpyrimidines, and phenylquinolines and devices made with such compounds
JP2002050860A (en) 2000-08-04 2002-02-15 Toray Eng Co Ltd Method and device for mounting
CN100505375C (en) 2000-08-11 2009-06-24 普林斯顿大学理事会 Organometallic compounds and emission-shifting organic electrophosphorescence
US6579630B2 (en) 2000-12-07 2003-06-17 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Deuterated semiconducting organic compounds used for opto-electronic devices
JP3812730B2 (en) 2001-02-01 2006-08-23 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Transition metal complex and light emitting device
DE10109027A1 (en) 2001-02-24 2002-09-05 Covion Organic Semiconductors Rhodium and iridium complexes
JP4438042B2 (en) * 2001-03-08 2010-03-24 キヤノン株式会社 Metal coordination compound, electroluminescent element and display device
JP4307000B2 (en) 2001-03-08 2009-08-05 キヤノン株式会社 Metal coordination compound, electroluminescent element and display device
DE10116962A1 (en) * 2001-04-05 2002-10-10 Covion Organic Semiconductors Rhodium and iridium complexes
JP4310077B2 (en) 2001-06-19 2009-08-05 キヤノン株式会社 Metal coordination compound and organic light emitting device
EP1407501B1 (en) 2001-06-20 2009-05-20 Showa Denko K.K. Light emitting material and organic light-emitting device
US7071615B2 (en) 2001-08-20 2006-07-04 Universal Display Corporation Transparent electrodes
US7250226B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2007-07-31 Nippon Hoso Kyokai Phosphorescent compound, a phosphorescent composition and an organic light-emitting device
US7431968B1 (en) 2001-09-04 2008-10-07 The Trustees Of Princeton University Process and apparatus for organic vapor jet deposition
US6835469B2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-12-28 The University Of Southern California Phosphorescent compounds and devices comprising the same
US7166368B2 (en) 2001-11-07 2007-01-23 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electroluminescent platinum compounds and devices made with such compounds
US6863997B2 (en) 2001-12-28 2005-03-08 The Trustees Of Princeton University White light emitting OLEDs from combined monomer and aggregate emission
KR100691543B1 (en) 2002-01-18 2007-03-09 주식회사 엘지화학 New material for transporting electron and organic electroluminescent display using the same
US6878975B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-04-12 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Polarization field enhanced tunnel structures
JP2003253129A (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-10 Jsr Corp Luminescent composition
DE10215010A1 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-23 Covion Organic Semiconductors Rhodium and iridium complexes
US20030230980A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2003-12-18 Forrest Stephen R Very low voltage, high efficiency phosphorescent oled in a p-i-n structure
AU2003263929A1 (en) * 2002-08-16 2004-03-03 The University Of Southern California Organic light emitting materials and devices
US7189989B2 (en) 2002-08-22 2007-03-13 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Light emitting element
EP1550707B1 (en) 2002-08-27 2016-03-23 UDC Ireland Limited Organometallic complexes, organic el devices, and organic el displays
US6687266B1 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-02-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic light emitting materials and devices
JP4365196B2 (en) 2002-12-27 2009-11-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
JP4365199B2 (en) 2002-12-27 2009-11-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
KR100952087B1 (en) * 2003-02-20 2010-04-13 램 리써치 코포레이션 Method and apparatus for megasonic cleaning of patterned substrates
ATE438654T1 (en) 2003-03-24 2009-08-15 Univ Southern California IR-PHENYLPYRAZOLE COMPLEXES
US7090928B2 (en) 2003-04-01 2006-08-15 The University Of Southern California Binuclear compounds
EP1618170A2 (en) 2003-04-15 2006-01-25 Covion Organic Semiconductors GmbH Mixtures of matrix materials and organic semiconductors capable of emission, use of the same and electronic components containing said mixtures
US7029765B2 (en) 2003-04-22 2006-04-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic light emitting devices having reduced pixel shrinkage
JP4655454B2 (en) * 2003-05-28 2011-03-23 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element, lighting device and display device
US20060186791A1 (en) 2003-05-29 2006-08-24 Osamu Yoshitake Organic electroluminescent element
JP2005011610A (en) 2003-06-18 2005-01-13 Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd Organic electroluminescent element
US20050025993A1 (en) 2003-07-25 2005-02-03 Thompson Mark E. Materials and structures for enhancing the performance of organic light emitting devices
TWI390006B (en) 2003-08-07 2013-03-21 Nippon Steel Chemical Co Organic EL materials with aluminum clamps
DE10338550A1 (en) 2003-08-19 2005-03-31 Basf Ag Transition metal complexes with carbene ligands as emitters for organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs)
US20060269780A1 (en) 2003-09-25 2006-11-30 Takayuki Fukumatsu Organic electroluminescent device
JP3883999B2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2007-02-21 三洋電機株式会社 Organic electroluminescent device
JP4822687B2 (en) 2003-11-21 2011-11-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US6870054B1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-03-22 Eastman Kodak Company Synthesis for organometallic cyclometallated transition metal complexes
KR100537621B1 (en) * 2004-02-02 2005-12-19 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Iridium compound and organic electroluminescent display device using the same
US7332232B2 (en) 2004-02-03 2008-02-19 Universal Display Corporation OLEDs utilizing multidentate ligand systems
WO2005083033A1 (en) * 2004-02-26 2005-09-09 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Material for organic electroluminescence element, organic electroluminescence element, display device and illumination device
KR20080064201A (en) 2004-03-11 2008-07-08 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Composition for charge-transporting film and ion compound, charge-transporting film and organic electroluminescent device using same, and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent device and method for producing charge-transporting film
TW200531592A (en) 2004-03-15 2005-09-16 Nippon Steel Chemical Co Organic electroluminescent device
JP5045100B2 (en) * 2004-03-31 2012-10-10 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element material and organic electroluminescence element
JP4869565B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2012-02-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US7154114B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2006-12-26 Universal Display Corporation Cyclometallated iridium carbene complexes for use as hosts
US7393599B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2008-07-01 The University Of Southern California Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands
US7445855B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2008-11-04 The University Of Southern California Cationic metal-carbene complexes
US7279704B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2007-10-09 The University Of Southern California Complexes with tridentate ligands
US7534505B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2009-05-19 The University Of Southern California Organometallic compounds for use in electroluminescent devices
US7491823B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2009-02-17 The University Of Southern California Luminescent compounds with carbene ligands
WO2005123873A1 (en) 2004-06-17 2005-12-29 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device material, organic electroluminescent device, display and illuminating device
JP5000496B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2012-08-15 チバ ホールディング インコーポレーテッド Electroluminescent metal complexes of triazole and benzotriazole
US7005522B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2006-02-28 Eastman Kodak Company Synthesis of organometallic cyclometallated transition metal complexes
US20060008670A1 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-01-12 Chun Lin Organic light emitting materials and devices
JP4858169B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2012-01-18 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
JP3920879B2 (en) * 2004-08-06 2007-05-30 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Sampling function generator and digital-analog converter
DE102004057072A1 (en) 2004-11-25 2006-06-01 Basf Ag Use of Transition Metal Carbene Complexes in Organic Light Emitting Diodes (OLEDs)
JP4478555B2 (en) 2004-11-30 2010-06-09 キヤノン株式会社 Metal complex, light emitting element and image display device
US20060134459A1 (en) 2004-12-17 2006-06-22 Shouquan Huo OLEDs with mixed-ligand cyclometallated complexes
US8121679B2 (en) 2004-12-29 2012-02-21 Fruitman Clinton O Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulator with hot or cold thermal application
JP2008526766A (en) 2004-12-30 2008-07-24 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Organometallic complex
JPWO2006082742A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2008-06-26 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT MATERIAL, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, DISPLAY DEVICE AND LIGHTING DEVICE
EP1858906A4 (en) * 2005-03-01 2009-04-15 Agency Science Tech & Res Solution processed organometallic complexes and their use in electroluminescent devices
KR100803125B1 (en) 2005-03-08 2008-02-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Red phosphorescent compounds and organic electroluminescence devices using the same
WO2006098120A1 (en) 2005-03-16 2006-09-21 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device material and organic electroluminescent device
DE102005014284A1 (en) 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Basf Ag Use of compounds containing aromatic or heteroaromatic rings containing groups via carbonyl groups as matrix materials in organic light-emitting diodes
WO2006103874A1 (en) 2005-03-29 2006-10-05 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent device material, organic electroluminescent device, display and illuminating device
JP5157442B2 (en) 2005-04-18 2013-03-06 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element, display device and lighting device
US7807275B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2010-10-05 Universal Display Corporation Non-blocked phosphorescent OLEDs
CN103204996B (en) * 2005-05-03 2015-12-09 默克专利有限公司 Organic electroluminescence device
US9051344B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2015-06-09 Universal Display Corporation Stability OLED materials and devices
JP4533796B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2010-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
US8007927B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2011-08-30 Universal Display Corporation Dibenzothiophene-containing materials in phosphorescent light emitting diodes
US7851072B2 (en) 2005-05-19 2010-12-14 Universal Display Corporation Stable and efficient electroluminescent materials
EP2277978B1 (en) 2005-05-31 2016-03-30 Universal Display Corporation Triphenylene hosts in phosphorescent light emitting diodes
US8709614B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2014-04-29 Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. Organic metal complex and its use in organic electroluminescent device
EP1899993B1 (en) 2005-06-27 2012-06-27 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electrically conductive polymer compositions
US20090039771A1 (en) 2005-07-01 2009-02-12 Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc. Organic electroluminescent element material, organic electroluminescent element, display device and lighting device
WO2007028417A1 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Technische Universität Braunschweig Triplett emitter having condensed five-membered rings
JP4887731B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2012-02-29 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element, display device and lighting device
JP2009514894A (en) * 2005-11-07 2009-04-09 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Benzimidazole derivatives as gyrase inhibitors
EP1956666A4 (en) 2005-12-01 2010-06-16 Nippon Steel Chemical Co Organic electroluminescent device
CN102633820B (en) 2005-12-01 2015-01-21 新日铁住金化学株式会社 Compound for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element
US8142909B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2012-03-27 Universal Display Corporation Blue phosphorescent imidazophenanthridine materials
KR102103062B1 (en) 2006-02-10 2020-04-22 유니버셜 디스플레이 코포레이션 METAL COMPLEXES OF CYCLOMETALLATED IMIDAZO[1,2-f]PHENANTHRIDINE AND DIIMIDAZO[1,2-A:1',2'-C]QUINAZOLINE LIGANDS AND ISOELECTRONIC AND BENZANNULATED ANALOGS THEREOF
JP4823730B2 (en) 2006-03-20 2011-11-24 新日鐵化学株式会社 Luminescent layer compound and organic electroluminescent device
WO2007125714A1 (en) 2006-04-26 2007-11-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative, and organic electroluminescence element using the same
US8076839B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2011-12-13 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
US8563145B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2013-10-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Material containing two or three dibenzofuran groups, dibenzothiophene groups, or a combination thereof, which is operable for organic electroluminescence elements, and organic electroluminescence elements using the material
JP5203207B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2013-06-05 出光興産株式会社 Aromatic amine derivatives and organic electroluminescence devices using them
JP5589251B2 (en) 2006-09-21 2014-09-17 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element material
US8062769B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2011-11-22 Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. Indolocarbazole compound for use in organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device
EP2518045A1 (en) 2006-11-24 2012-10-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Aromatic amine derivative and organic electroluminescent element using the same
US8778508B2 (en) 2006-12-08 2014-07-15 Universal Display Corporation Light-emitting organometallic complexes
JP5262104B2 (en) * 2006-12-27 2013-08-14 住友化学株式会社 Metal complexes, polymer compounds, and devices containing them
JP5546255B2 (en) 2007-02-23 2014-07-09 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Metal complexes with electroluminescent benzotriazole
CN101687893B (en) 2007-04-26 2014-01-22 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Silanes containing phenothiazine-S-oxide or phenothiazine-S,S-dioxide groups and the use thereof in OLEDs
CN101720330B (en) 2007-06-22 2017-06-09 Udc爱尔兰有限责任公司 Light emitting cu (I) complex compound
JP5675349B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2015-02-25 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアBasf Se Carbene transition metal complex luminophore and at least one selected from disilylcarbazole, disilyldibenzofuran, disilyldibenzothiophene, disilyldibenzophosphole, disilyldibenzothiophene S-oxide and disilyldibenzothiophene S, S-dioxide Light-emitting diodes containing two compounds
WO2009008201A1 (en) 2007-07-07 2009-01-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Naphthalene derivative, material for organic el element, and organic el element using the material
US20090045731A1 (en) 2007-07-07 2009-02-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and material for organic electroluminescence device
WO2009008205A1 (en) 2007-07-07 2009-01-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent device and material for organic electroluminescent device
US8779655B2 (en) 2007-07-07 2014-07-15 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device and material for organic electroluminescence device
JP5473600B2 (en) 2007-07-07 2014-04-16 出光興産株式会社 Chrysene derivative and organic electroluminescence device using the same
US8080658B2 (en) 2007-07-10 2011-12-20 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Material for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element employing the same
US8114530B2 (en) 2007-07-10 2012-02-14 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Material for organic electroluminescence device and organic electroluminescence device utilizing the same
CN101688052A (en) 2007-07-27 2010-03-31 E.I.内穆尔杜邦公司 The aqueous dispersion that comprises the conductive polymers of inorganic nanoparticles
TWI511964B (en) 2007-08-08 2015-12-11 Universal Display Corp Benzo-fused thiophene/triphenylen hybrid materials
JP2009040728A (en) 2007-08-09 2009-02-26 Canon Inc Organometallic complex and organic light-emitting element using the same
JP5119812B2 (en) * 2007-09-03 2013-01-16 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Organic electroluminescence element, display device and lighting device
KR101642030B1 (en) 2007-10-17 2016-07-25 바스프 에스이 Transition metal complexes comprising bridged carbene ligands and the use thereof in oleds
US20090101870A1 (en) 2007-10-22 2009-04-23 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Electron transport bi-layers and devices made with such bi-layers
US7914908B2 (en) 2007-11-02 2011-03-29 Global Oled Technology Llc Organic electroluminescent device having an azatriphenylene derivative
DE102007053771A1 (en) 2007-11-12 2009-05-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Organic electroluminescent devices
KR101353635B1 (en) 2007-11-15 2014-01-20 이데미쓰 고산 가부시키가이샤 Benzochrysene derivative and organic electroluminescent device using the same
US8759819B2 (en) 2007-11-22 2014-06-24 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
KR101583097B1 (en) 2007-11-22 2016-01-07 이데미쓰 고산 가부시키가이샤 Organic el element and solution containing organic el material
US8221905B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-07-17 Universal Display Corporation Carbazole-containing materials in phosphorescent light emitting diodes
KR101691613B1 (en) 2008-02-12 2017-01-02 유디씨 아일랜드 리미티드 Electroluminescent metal complexes with dibenzo[f,h]quinoxalines
WO2010027583A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2010-03-11 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050112401A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2005-05-26 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent display device having superior characteristics at high temperature
US20060088728A1 (en) * 2004-10-22 2006-04-27 Raymond Kwong Arylcarbazoles as hosts in PHOLEDs
WO2008073440A2 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 Universal Display Corporation Cross-linkable iridium complexes and organic light-emitting devices using the same
WO2009073246A1 (en) * 2007-12-06 2009-06-11 Universal Display Corporation Method for the synthesis of iridium (iii) complexes with sterically demanding ligands

Cited By (184)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9548462B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2017-01-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9065063B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2015-06-23 Universal Display Corporation Metal complexes of cyclometallated imidazo[1,2-f]phenanthridine and diimidazo[1,2-a:1′,2′-c]quinazoline ligands and isoelectronic and benzannulated analogs thereof
US8889864B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2014-11-18 Universal Display Corporation Metal complexes of cyclometallated imidazo[1,2-f]phenanthridine and diimidazo[1,2-a:1′,2′-c]quinazoline ligands and isoelectronic and benzannulated analogs thereof
US9281483B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2016-03-08 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11482685B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2022-10-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10593896B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2020-03-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US8519384B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2013-08-27 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
US10186672B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2019-01-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10892426B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2021-01-12 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9630983B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2017-04-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent material and devices
US9076973B2 (en) 2008-09-03 2015-07-07 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
US10428268B2 (en) * 2010-01-15 2019-10-01 Udc Ireland Limited Organic electroluminescence element
US20120292608A1 (en) * 2010-01-15 2012-11-22 Fujifilm Corporation Organic electroluminescence element
US9054344B2 (en) 2010-01-20 2015-06-09 Universal Display Corporation Electroluminescent devices for lighting applications
US9175211B2 (en) 2010-03-03 2015-11-03 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
WO2011109042A1 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent materials
JP2016189468A (en) * 2010-07-30 2016-11-04 ローム・アンド・ハース・エレクトロニック・マテリアルズ・コリア・リミテッド Electroluminescent device employing electroluminescent compound as light emitting material
JP2013539206A (en) * 2010-07-30 2013-10-17 ローム・アンド・ハース・エレクトロニック・マテリアルズ・コリア・リミテッド Electroluminescent device using electroluminescent compound as luminescent material
JP2014511563A (en) * 2011-02-11 2014-05-15 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND MATERIAL FOR USE IN THE ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE
JP2019214726A (en) * 2011-05-27 2019-12-19 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション High efficiency yellow light emitters for oled devices
JP2014532033A (en) * 2011-05-27 2014-12-04 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション High efficiency yellow light emitter for OLED devices
JP2017002065A (en) * 2011-05-27 2017-01-05 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション High efficiency yellow light emitters for oled devices
JP2018070639A (en) * 2011-05-27 2018-05-10 ユニバーサル ディスプレイ コーポレイション High efficiency yellow light emitters for oled devices
US10079349B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2018-09-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11189805B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2021-11-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10158089B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2018-12-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US9705092B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2017-07-11 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices combined with hole transport material having high operating stability
WO2013022419A1 (en) 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices combined with hole transport material having high operating stability
JP2013079235A (en) * 2011-09-30 2013-05-02 Universal Display Corp CYCLOMETALLATED TETRADENTATE Pt (II) COMPLEXES COMPRISED OF ONE OR TWO IMIDAZOLE RINGS WITH TWISTED ARYL GROUP BONDED TO N-1
WO2013072740A3 (en) * 2011-11-15 2013-07-18 ユーディーシー アイルランド リミテッド Charge-transporting material, organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display device and illumination device characterised by using said element
WO2013072740A2 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 ユーディーシー アイルランド リミテッド Charge-transporting material, organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display device and illumination device characterised by using said element
US10388903B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2019-08-20 Udc Ireland Limited Charge-transporting material, organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display device and illumination device characterised by using said element
DE102013200085B4 (en) 2012-01-06 2020-06-18 Universal Display Corporation Highly efficient phosphorescent materials
US9231218B2 (en) 2012-07-10 2016-01-05 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent emitters containing dibenzo[1,4]azaborinine structure
DE102013214144B4 (en) 2012-07-19 2023-02-16 Universal Display Corp. Diarylamino-substituted metal complexes
US10249827B2 (en) 2012-09-20 2019-04-02 Udc Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
EP3318566A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2018-05-09 UDC Ireland Limited Azadibenzofurans for electronic applications
US9252363B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2016-02-02 Universal Display Corporation Aryloxyalkylcarboxylate solvent compositions for inkjet printing of organic layers
US9196860B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2015-11-24 Universal Display Corporation Compounds for triplet-triplet annihilation upconversion
US8716484B1 (en) 2012-12-05 2014-05-06 Universal Display Corporation Hole transporting materials with twisted aryl groups
US9653691B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2017-05-16 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescence-sensitizing fluorescence material system
WO2014104395A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting device and display apparatus
US9960370B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2018-05-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting device and display apparatus
US10038152B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2018-07-31 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
US10109807B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2018-10-23 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element and display apparatus
US10615350B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2020-04-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting element and display apparatus
WO2014104387A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element and display apparatus
WO2014104386A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2014-07-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
US9466804B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2016-10-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
US9899613B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2018-02-20 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organic light-emitting element
US9917264B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2018-03-13 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Organometallic complex and organic light-emitting element using the complex
DE102014001468B4 (en) 2013-02-08 2024-08-08 Universal Display Corporation HETEROLEPTIC PHENYLBENZIMIDAZOLE COMPLEX
US9412956B2 (en) 2013-09-12 2016-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Organometallic iridium complex, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
WO2015063046A1 (en) 2013-10-31 2015-05-07 Basf Se Azadibenzothiophenes for electronic applications
US9876173B2 (en) 2013-12-09 2018-01-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2015134017A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Universal Display Corporation Phosphorescent oled devices
US9450198B2 (en) 2014-04-15 2016-09-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2016016791A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd (Ikc) 2,9-functionalized benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles as hosts for organic light emitting diodes (oleds)
EP2982676A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2016-02-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazo[2,1-B]benzoxazoles for electronic applications
EP3466957A1 (en) 2014-08-08 2019-04-10 UDC Ireland Limited Oled comprising an electroluminescent imidazo-quinoxaline carbene metal complexes
EP2993215A1 (en) 2014-09-04 2016-03-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Azabenzimidazo[2,1-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
WO2016067261A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3015469A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-04 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. 5-((benz)imidazol-2-yl)benzimidazo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles for electronic applications
WO2016079667A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Indole derivatives for electronic applications
WO2016079169A1 (en) 2014-11-18 2016-05-26 Basf Se Pt- or pd-carbene complexes for use in organic light emitting diodes
EP3034507A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 1-functionalized dibenzofurans and dibenzothiophenes for organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs)
EP3034506A1 (en) 2014-12-15 2016-06-22 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 4-functionalized carbazole derivatives for electronic applications
WO2016125110A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazolodiazocines
EP3054498A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Bisimidazodiazocines
EP3053918A1 (en) 2015-02-06 2016-08-10 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd 2-carbazole substituted benzimidazoles for electronic applications
EP3056504A1 (en) 2015-02-16 2016-08-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3061759A1 (en) 2015-02-24 2016-08-31 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Nitrile substituted dibenzofurans
EP3061763A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-08-31 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US10400001B2 (en) 2015-03-10 2019-09-03 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial Science And Technology Heteroleptic iridium complex, and light-emitting material and organic light-emitting element using compound
EP3070144A1 (en) 2015-03-17 2016-09-21 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3072943A1 (en) 2015-03-26 2016-09-28 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Dibenzofuran/carbazole-substituted benzonitriles
EP3075737A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2016157113A1 (en) 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying aryl- or heteroarylnitril groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3098229A1 (en) 2015-05-15 2016-11-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3101021A1 (en) 2015-06-01 2016-12-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3124488A1 (en) 2015-07-29 2017-02-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3760635A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2021-01-06 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3159350A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-04-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3150604A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056055A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying triazine groups for organic light emitting diodes
EP3150606A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-05 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazoles carrying benzofurane or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056053A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017056052A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole carrying benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazolyl groups, carbazolyl groups, benzofurane groups or benzothiophene groups for organic light emitting diodes
WO2017078182A1 (en) 2015-11-04 2017-05-11 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole fused heteroaryls
WO2017093958A1 (en) 2015-12-04 2017-06-08 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolo[1,2-a]benzimidazole derivatives for organic light emitting diodes
EP3184534A1 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-28 UDC Ireland Limited Transition metal complexes with tripodal ligands and the use thereof in oleds
US10490754B2 (en) 2015-12-21 2019-11-26 Udc Ireland Limited Transition metal complexes with tripodal ligands and the use thereof in OLEDs
EP3205658A1 (en) 2016-02-09 2017-08-16 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3858842A1 (en) 2016-02-09 2021-08-04 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4122941A1 (en) 2016-04-11 2023-01-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3231809A2 (en) 2016-04-11 2017-10-18 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2017178864A1 (en) 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Seven-membered ring compounds
EP3270435A2 (en) 2016-06-20 2018-01-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3261147A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2017-12-27 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3261146A2 (en) 2016-06-20 2017-12-27 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3758084A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2020-12-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4349935A2 (en) 2016-06-20 2024-04-10 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3843171A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2021-06-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3920254A1 (en) 2016-06-20 2021-12-08 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3297051A1 (en) 2016-09-14 2018-03-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3323822A1 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-05-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3301088A1 (en) 2016-10-03 2018-04-04 Universal Display Corporation Condensed pyridines as organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3305796A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2018-04-11 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3858844A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2021-08-04 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3789379A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2021-03-10 Universal Display Corporation 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds
EP3321258A1 (en) 2016-11-09 2018-05-16 Universal Display Corporation 4-phenylbenzo[g]quinazoline or 4-(3,5-dimethylphenylbenzo[g]quinazoline iridium complexes for use as near-infrared or infrared emitting materials in oleds
EP3354654A2 (en) 2016-11-11 2018-08-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4092036A1 (en) 2016-11-11 2022-11-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3345914A1 (en) 2017-01-09 2018-07-11 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4212540A1 (en) 2017-01-09 2023-07-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3689890A1 (en) 2017-01-09 2020-08-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3381927A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-10-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3985012A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2022-04-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3730506A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2020-10-28 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3401318A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-11-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4141010A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2023-03-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3418286A1 (en) 2017-06-23 2018-12-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4185086A1 (en) 2017-07-26 2023-05-24 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3444258A2 (en) 2017-08-10 2019-02-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3783006A1 (en) 2017-08-10 2021-02-24 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3489243A1 (en) 2017-11-28 2019-05-29 University of Southern California Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices
EP3878855A1 (en) 2017-11-28 2021-09-15 University of Southern California Carbene compounds and organic electroluminescent devices
EP3492480A2 (en) 2017-11-29 2019-06-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3492528A1 (en) 2017-11-30 2019-06-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4019526A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2022-06-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11926616B2 (en) 2018-03-08 2024-03-12 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-γ inhibitors
US11046658B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2021-06-29 Incyte Corporation Aminopyrazine derivatives as PI3K-γ inhibitors
EP3613751A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4206210A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-07-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3690973A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-08-05 University Of Southern California Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4301117A2 (en) 2019-02-01 2024-01-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3689889A1 (en) 2019-02-01 2020-08-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3715353A1 (en) 2019-03-26 2020-09-30 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4134371A2 (en) 2019-03-26 2023-02-15 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US11827651B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-11-28 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3750897A1 (en) 2019-06-10 2020-12-16 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3771717A1 (en) 2019-07-30 2021-02-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4219515A1 (en) 2019-07-30 2023-08-02 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3778614A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2021-02-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3816175A1 (en) 2019-11-04 2021-05-05 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4151644A1 (en) 2020-01-06 2023-03-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3845545A1 (en) 2020-01-06 2021-07-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3858945A1 (en) 2020-01-28 2021-08-04 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4294157A2 (en) 2020-01-28 2023-12-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP3937268A1 (en) 2020-07-10 2022-01-12 Universal Display Corporation Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters
EP4016659A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2022-06-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4001286A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2022-05-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4001287A1 (en) 2020-11-24 2022-05-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4329463A2 (en) 2020-11-24 2024-02-28 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4039692A1 (en) 2021-02-03 2022-08-10 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4060758A2 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4059915A2 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4053137A1 (en) 2021-03-05 2022-09-07 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4056578A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-14 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4059941A1 (en) 2021-03-15 2022-09-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4074723A1 (en) 2021-04-05 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4075531A1 (en) 2021-04-13 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Plasmonic oleds and vertical dipole emitters
EP4401530A2 (en) 2021-04-14 2024-07-17 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4075530A1 (en) 2021-04-14 2022-10-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4079743A1 (en) 2021-04-23 2022-10-26 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4086266A1 (en) 2021-04-23 2022-11-09 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4112701A2 (en) 2021-06-08 2023-01-04 University of Southern California Molecular alignment of homoleptic iridium phosphors
EP4151699A1 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4212539A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2023-07-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4231804A2 (en) 2022-02-16 2023-08-23 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4242285A1 (en) 2022-03-09 2023-09-13 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4265626A2 (en) 2022-04-18 2023-10-25 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4282863A1 (en) 2022-05-24 2023-11-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4293001A1 (en) 2022-06-08 2023-12-20 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4299693A1 (en) 2022-06-28 2024-01-03 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4326030A1 (en) 2022-08-17 2024-02-21 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
US12127470B2 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-10-22 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4362645A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4362631A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4362630A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-01 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4369898A1 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-15 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4376583A2 (en) 2022-10-27 2024-05-29 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
EP4386065A1 (en) 2022-12-14 2024-06-19 Universal Display Corporation Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
WO2024170609A1 (en) 2023-02-17 2024-08-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Materials for organic electroluminescent devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202039525A (en) 2020-11-01
CN103864675A (en) 2014-06-18
US10892426B2 (en) 2021-01-12
JP2019194223A (en) 2019-11-07
US20200152890A1 (en) 2020-05-14
TW201016665A (en) 2010-05-01
EP3399005A1 (en) 2018-11-07
TWI532724B (en) 2016-05-11
US20170194577A1 (en) 2017-07-06
KR20230066485A (en) 2023-05-15
US11482685B2 (en) 2022-10-25
US20210074931A1 (en) 2021-03-11
KR20190018044A (en) 2019-02-20
JP6050428B2 (en) 2016-12-21
KR20180021231A (en) 2018-02-28
TW201638101A (en) 2016-11-01
TWI684594B (en) 2020-02-11
CN102232105A (en) 2011-11-02
KR101831916B1 (en) 2018-02-26
KR20200021549A (en) 2020-02-28
KR20210010949A (en) 2021-01-28
US20190148651A1 (en) 2019-05-16
KR20180049183A (en) 2018-05-10
EP2342305B1 (en) 2018-05-30
TW201731860A (en) 2017-09-16
KR20170001740A (en) 2017-01-04
US9076973B2 (en) 2015-07-07
JP6874061B2 (en) 2021-05-19
US20140021449A1 (en) 2014-01-23
TWI699369B (en) 2020-07-21
US8519384B2 (en) 2013-08-27
US20110227049A1 (en) 2011-09-22
JP2015199740A (en) 2015-11-12
KR102082091B1 (en) 2020-02-26
JP6518550B2 (en) 2019-05-22
KR101691609B1 (en) 2016-12-30
JP2023082060A (en) 2023-06-13
EP3399005B1 (en) 2023-05-31
US10593896B2 (en) 2020-03-17
CN102232105B (en) 2014-10-01
WO2010027583A1 (en) 2010-03-11
TWI734557B (en) 2021-07-21
US10186672B2 (en) 2019-01-22
JP2017178959A (en) 2017-10-05
JP7528295B2 (en) 2024-08-05
KR20210157408A (en) 2021-12-28
TWI593694B (en) 2017-08-01
TW201502129A (en) 2015-01-16
EP4223854A3 (en) 2023-11-15
KR102207559B1 (en) 2021-01-26
JP2012502046A (en) 2012-01-26
TW202003536A (en) 2020-01-16
US20150307535A1 (en) 2015-10-29
US9630983B2 (en) 2017-04-25
US20230053347A1 (en) 2023-02-23
EP4223854A2 (en) 2023-08-09
EP2342305A1 (en) 2011-07-13
KR101969690B1 (en) 2019-04-16
JP2016026159A (en) 2016-02-12
JP2021121588A (en) 2021-08-26
JP5826630B2 (en) 2015-12-02
KR20110065496A (en) 2011-06-15
KR101950655B1 (en) 2019-02-20
TW201016666A (en) 2010-05-01
TWI549960B (en) 2016-09-21
KR20150138411A (en) 2015-12-09
CN103864675B (en) 2016-08-31
KR102530743B1 (en) 2023-05-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10892426B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
JP6568190B2 (en) High efficiency yellow light emitter for OLED devices
US12127470B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent materials and devices
KR102722480B1 (en) Heteroleptic iridium complexes as dopants

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200980142139.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09792236

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011526198

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1894/CHENP/2011

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009792236

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20117007709

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13062141

Country of ref document: US